Quarterlytics / Tableau Software Inc / FY2020 Annual Report

Tableau Software Inc
Annual Report 2020

DATA · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker DATA
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Tableau Software Inc
Loading PDF…
GlobalData Plc

Annual   
report &  
accounts

For the year ended 31 December 2020

www.globaldata.com

COMPANY NO. 03925319

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

2020 Highlights 
Our Business  

Principal Activity 
Our Business Model 
Chairman’s Statement  
Chief Executive’s Report 
Chief Financial Officer’s Report 
Principal and Emerging Risks and Uncertainties 
Directors’ Section 172(1) Statement 
Going Concern and Viability 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors 
Corporate Governance Report 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Group 

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Company 

Company Statement of Financial Position 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
Company Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Company Financial Statements 

Advisers 

4

6
7
9
13
16
20
26
30

32
34
40
44
47 
50

51

 62
63
64
65
66
67

112
113
114
115

130

Reliance on this document
Our Business Review on pages 4 to 19 has been prepared in accordance with the Strategic Report requirements of section 414C of the 
Companies Act 2006. The intention of this document is to provide information to shareholders and is not designed to be relied upon by any 
other party or for any other purpose.

Forward-looking statements
This document contains forward-looking statements which are made by the Directors in good faith based on information available to them 
at the time  of  approval  of this  report.  In  particular,  all  statements that  express forecasts,  expectations  and  projections with  respect to 
future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of interest or exchange 
rates, the availability of financing, anticipated costs savings and synergies and the execution of GlobalData Plc’s strategy, are forward-
looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend 
on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors which could cause actual results and developments to differ 
materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  these  forward-looking  statements,  including  a  number  of  factors  outside  of  GlobalData 
Plc’s  control.  Any  forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  they  are  made,  and  GlobalData  Plc  gives  no  undertaking  to 
update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in its expectations with regard thereto or any changes to events, conditions or 
circumstances on which any such statement is based.

3

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GlobalData’s ‘One Platform’ model delivers significant margin improvement

£8.0m

4%

Revenue: 0% change
2020 
2019 

Adj. EBITDA1: +14%
2020 
2019 

Adj. EBITDA margin: +4p.p.

2020 
2019 

Statutory PBT: +258%

2020 
2019 

Statutory PBT margin: +12p.p.

3.3p

2020 
2019 

EPS: +488%

2020 
2019 

Adj. EPS2: +9%

2020 
2019 

Net debt3: +5%

2020 
2019 

Deferred revenue: +9%

2020 
2019 

Invoiced forward revenue4: +9%
2020 
2019 

£49.8m

28%

£178.4m
£178.2m

£56.7m

32%

£28.6m

16%

19.4p

32.9p

30.2p

£58.1m

£55.3m

£74.7m

£68.6m

£92.7m

£85.1m

“GlobalData confronted tough commercial and 
operational challenges in 2020 as a result of COVID-19. 
However, our Full Year 2020 results clearly demonstrate 
that we overcame those challenges and continued to 
progress GlobalData’s strategic development through 
the year, and we are well placed for a strong 2021.”
Mike Danson, Chief Executive Officer

Note 1: Adjusted EBITDA: Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted to exclude costs associated with acquisitions, restructuring of

the Group, share based payments, impairment, unrealised operating exchange rate movements and the impact of foreign exchange contracts. Adjusted EBITDA

margin is defined as: Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. This is reconciled to the Statutory operating profit on page 16.

Note 2: Adjusted EPS: Adjusted profit after tax per share (reconciliation between statutory profit and adjusted profit shown on page 16).

Note 3: Net debt: Short and long-term borrowings (excluding lease liabilities) less cash and cash equivalents.

Note 4: Invoiced forward revenue: Invoiced forward revenue relates to amounts that are invoiced to clients at the statement of financial position date, which

relate to future revenue to be recognised. This is reconciled to deferred revenue on page 18.

4

2020 Highlights Strategic ReportANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Strategic Report

Adjusted  
EBITDA1 up

14% 

to £56.7m (2019: 
£49.8m)

Business 
as usual 
maintained 
throughout 
2020

Statutory PBT grew  
by £20.6m to

£28.6m

(2019: £8.0m)

Subscription revenue up by

7% 

(2019: 7%), offset by a 
decline in event revenue 
due to COVID-19

Invoiced forward 
revenue2 up 9% to

(2019: £85.1m), 

£92.7m
8%

organic growth in invoiced 
forward revenue

Final dividend of 

11.6p

Up 16% (2019: 10.0p); total 
dividend of 17.0p, up 13% 
(2019: 15.0p) 

Continued 
investment in 
Growth Optimisation 
Plan and execution 
across strategic 
priorities

Significant 
advancement in 
product and platform; 
rapid response to 
customer demand  
for COVID-19 
intelligence

Adjusted EBITDA 
margin improvement 
of 4 percentage 
points to 

32%

Cash generated from 
continuing operations up 

13%

to

£59.8m

 (2019: £52.8m),  
105% of Adjusted EBITDA 
(2019: 106%) 

Note 1: Adjusted EBITDA: Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted to exclude costs associated with acquisitions, restructuring of 

the Group, share based payments, impairment, unrealised operating exchange rate movements and the impact of foreign exchange contracts. Adjusted EBITDA 

margin is defined as: Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. This is reconciled to the Statutory operating profit on page 16.

Note 2: Invoiced forward revenue: Invoiced forward revenue relates to amounts that are invoiced to clients at the statement of financial position date, which 

relate to future revenue to be recognised. This is reconciled to deferred revenue on page 18.

5

Financial and Operational Highlights Strategic ReportANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
Principal Activity: The principal activity of GlobalData 
Plc and its subsidiaries (‘the Group’) is to provide business 
information in the form of high-quality proprietary data, 
analytics, and insights to clients in multiple sectors.

Our Mission::To help our clients to decode the future, make 
better decisions and reach more customers.

Our Vision::To be the leading data, analytics, and insights 
platform for the world’s largest industries.

A snapshot of our Group

16  
industry 
sector deep 
coverage

+4,400 
clients

31 December 2020

3,472 
employees

6

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Strategic Report

Our Business

OUR BUSINESS MODEL
The Group provides service across a breadth of industry markets and 
functions, on a global scale on ‘One Platform’. We have a clear philosophy 
of owning our own data and intellectual property, and seek to be a long-
term, strategic partner to our clients, by serving their critical activities 
with a differentiated, “gold standard” offering. 

The solutions that we provide are highly proprietary and embedded into 
our  customers’ workflows, which  drives  high  customer  retention. The 
Group benefits from significant operating leverage due to a “build once, 
sell  multiple  times”  business  model,  which  drives  significant  margin 
expansion.

Our  clients  typically  subscribe  for  12  months’  access.  This  approach 
drives the following business model attributes:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Recurring Revenue – highly recurring subscription revenue, with 
high retention and revenue visibility
High Incremental Margins – significant operating leverage due to 
“build once, sell multiple times” model, and a fixed cost base
Strong  cash  flow  generation  –  low  capital  requirements  and 
mostly  advance  customer  payments  support  high  cash  flow 
conversion, working capital benefits and capacity for reinvestment
Scalable and defensible position – large, diversified opportunities 
with  attractive  tailwinds,  strong  competitive  moat  and  an  agile, 
scalable company with one platform.

The visible and recurring revenue base creates a resilient business model, 
with subscriptions making up over 80% of revenue. The balance of our 
revenue is made up of ancillary services such as bespoke consulting, 
single copy reports and events, which all harness our core assets.

GlobalData’s  client  base  is  globally  diversified,  which  reflects  globally 
relevant data assets and gives the Group significant market opportunity. 

The  Group  benefits  from  significant  operating  leverage  due  to  a 
consistent fixed cost and low variable cost model that generates long-
term margin expansion in an accelerating revenue growth environment. 
The  operating  leverage  drives  high  incremental  Adjusted  EBITDA 
margins of 70% – 85%+.

The  Group  operates  a  low  capital  intensity  model,  with  product 
development and enhancements built into its operating costs. Typically, 
businesses  in  this  sector  spend  ~5%  of  revenue  on  capex,  whereas 
GlobalData’s typical  spend  is  1%  –  1.5%  (2019:  1.5%;  2018:  1%).  During 
2020, we had an initiative to further strengthen the Group’s software and 
hardware to protect against cyber risk and to enhance our operational 
effectiveness  in  sales  technology.  Therefore,  capital  expenditure  was 
£5.0m, which represented 2.8% of revenue. The directors expect capital 
expenditure to drop back to the 1% – 1.5% range in the medium term. 
This, coupled with operating cash flows in excess of 100% of Adjusted 
EBITDA, means that the business is very cash generative.

In summary the Group’s recurring revenues, strong operating leverage, 
high cash generation and capital light business model create a robust 
free  cash flow  profile that  provides  opportunities for  acquisitions  and 
dividend growth for shareholders.

OUR PURPOSE – WHY DO WE EXIST?
In  an  increasingly  fast-moving,  complex,  and  uncertain  world,  it’s 
becoming more important for businesses and professionals to:

• 
successfully predict and navigate the future 
•  make the right business decisions, at the right time
• 

effectively find, win and keep customers

We want to help our clients to decode the future, make better decisions 
and reach more customers.

THE GLOBALDATA ADVANTAGE
GlobalData’s  One  Platform  model  is  the  foundation  of  our  strategic 
advantage and is the result of years of continuous capital investment, 
targeted acquisitions, and organic development.

Our unified model governs everything we do, from how we develop and 
manage our products, to our approach to sales and customer success, 
and supporting business operations.

At its core, this approach integrates our entire universe of unique data, 
expert  analysis,  and  innovative  solutions  into  One  Platform,  providing 
easy access to a complete and comparable view of the world’s largest 
industries.

As  a  result  of  our  unified  model, we  can  respond  rapidly to  changing 
customer  needs  and  market  opportunities,  and  continuously  manage 
and develop products quickly, at scale, with limited capital investment. 

GROWTH OPTIMISATION PLAN
In 2019, we established our Growth Optimisation Plan. 

Customer Centric
• 

Develop  a  trusted,  global  brand  synonymous  with  delivering 
exceptional customer value
• 
Develop a global community of engaged industry professionals 
•  Maintain  a  customer-centric  culture  that  informs  our  strategy, 

operating model, and business decisions

World-Class Products
• 

Develop  an  integrated  suite  of  winning  propositions  with  clear 
competitive differentiation
Provide “must-have” capabilities that are integral to our clients and 
daily lives of professionals
Consistently  lead  the  market  in  commercialising  new  product 
development & innovation 

Commercial Excellence
• 

Consistently  deliver  best-in-class  sales  productivity  through 
targeted campaigns and tailored sales enablement
Provide new salespeople with the structured on-boarding support 
required to accelerate “time-to-target”
Invest in the technology, people, and processes required to deliver 
exceptional experiences across the customer journey 

Operational Agility
• 

Use  our  unified  operating  model  and  One  Platform  to  create  an 
integrated portfolio greater than the sum of its parts
Ensure we have the organisational structure, capabilities (e.g. people, 
process, technology), and high-performance culture to execute
Provide  effective  portfolio-wide  planning,  business  insight  and 
performance reporting, and governance.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

7

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
“We are confident in our ability 
to progress towards our 
medium term Adjusted EBITDA 
margin target of between 
35% and 40% and have the 
ambition to accelerate our 
organic revenue growth to at 
least 10% annually.”

Mike Danson, Chief Executive Officer

Meeting the challenges of 2020
2020 will be remembered as the year of COVID-19, a year in which 
GlobalData, its business model, its management and its employees 
were put to the test. As an organisation, GlobalData responded well 
to the challenge of COVID-19, and I am confident the business is well 
positioned to grow strongly in 2021. 

I  want  to  pay  tribute  to  the  resilience  of  GlobalData’s  staff 
and  thank  everyone  for  their  stalwart  efforts  during  a  period  of 
such profound uncertainty. It is to the huge credit of GlobalData’s 
management  and  staff  that  they  managed  to  convert  a  business 
of  around  3,500  office-based workers  into  one  staffed  entirely  by 
those  same  people  working  from  home  in  a  matter  of  weeks  –  a 
remarkable achievement.  Perhaps even more remarkable was that 
the  organisation  didn’t  miss  a  beat  during  that  transition  and  we 
were able to maintain “business as usual” throughout 2020.   

It  is  a  common  theme  in  this  year’s  Report  that  we  can  attribute 
much  of  GlobalData’s  resilient  performance  in  2020  to  our  One 
Platform  model.  The  centralised  nature  of  this  operating  model 
means  we  could  adapt  our  organisation  quickly  and  control  our 
costs  effectively  as  operating  circumstances  shifted  during  the 
year. 

The  pandemic  also  stress-tested  the  effectiveness  of  our  One 
Platform  product  development  model.  Since  the  formation  of 
GlobalData  we  have  been  working  to  integrate  our  datasets  and 
to  develop  a  unified  software  platform  –  One  Platform  –  in  order 
to manage our data operations more effectively, to accelerate new 
product development and to create better products for our clients.  
Our  agile  One  Platform  product  development  approach  meant we 
were  first  to  market  with  an  industry-leading  range  of  COVID-19 
data, analytics, and insights, which we were able to deliver rapidly 
across  the  GlobalData  product  portfolio.  The  threefold  increase 
in  the  usage  of  our  ‘Intelligence  Centers’,  driven  by  our  COVID-19 
content,  is testimony to the  power  of the  One  Platform  operating 
model we have created. 

Despite the challenges of managing the business through COVID-19, 
we continued to push forward with a range of important initiatives 
within our Growth Optimisation Plan, focusing on Sales Excellence 
and  Customer  Service.  These  –  and  other  initiatives  within  the 
Growth Optimisation Plan – will help GlobalData take full advantage 
of  the  operational  leverage  advantages  we  have  created,  and  to 
drive the business towards our profitable growth targets for 2025. 

In  2020,  COVID-19’s  suppression  of  economic  activity  worldwide 
made  meeting  our  ambitious  organic  revenue  growth  targets  in 
2020  a  severe  challenge.  Given  how  COVID-19  is transmitted,  live 
events, which usually contribute less than 10% of overall revenues, 
were  disproportionately  affected  by  the  slowdown.  Against  this 
background, we  still  achieved  a  marginal  growth  in total  revenue, 
which  shows  the  resilience  of  our  business  model.  We  achieved 
7% growth in our subscription revenue, which was offset by a 53% 
decline from events. At a profit before tax (PBT) level we grew profits 
by  £20.6m  to  £28.6m  (2019:  £8m)  and  grew  Adjusted  EBITDA  by 
14%, increasing Adjusted EBITDA margins by 4 percentage points, 

notwithstanding the  marginal  growth  in total  revenue,  due to the 
flow-through benefit to margin of the subscription revenue growth.

Our People
We  aim  to  be  an  employer  of  choice,  providing  an  enriching  and 
rewarding  environment  to  work  in.  During  the  year  we  continued 
to keep the development of GlobalData’s management team under 
review.  Our objective is to ensure the team has sufficient strength in 
depth to support the business’s growth and evolution in the coming 
years.  Amongst  a  number  of  important  senior  appointments,  we 
were  especially  pleased  to  see  the  promotion  of  Wayne  Lloyd  to 
the new post of Deputy CEO. Based in New York, Wayne will take on 
global responsibility for GlobalData’s sales operations, in addition to 
his leadership of GlobalData’s Americas business.  

Unsurprisingly, our top People priority in 2020 has been to support 
our employees, not just in terms of creating COVID-safe office and 
home-working  conditions  but  also  to  sustain  their  overall  well-
being. Of the many new initiatives to support our employees, Mike 
Danson’s  fortnightly  CEO  briefing  sessions  have  been  a  much-
valued  innovation,  which  has  helped  employees  feel  connected 
with the business and to understand its progress.  

Environmental, Social & Governance  
Our Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) activities focus 
on  People,  Clients,  Environment  and  Social  Investment.  These 
activities are key to our efforts to safeguard GlobalData’s long-term 
viability and sustainable growth.  

As a primarily digital company our environmental impact is modest 
for our size.  We are nonetheless committed to minimising our impact 
by  embedding  sustainability  into  our  decision-making.  Because 
of  home-working  and  the  cessation  of  most  business  travel,  our 
environmental footprint has been significantly below typical levels.

Our focus on well-being in 2020 extended into our Social Investment 
activities with  our  new  partnership with  UK  mental  health  charity 
CALM  (Campaign  Against  Living  Miserably)  which  provides  vital 
suicide  prevention  services.  As  well  as  raising  money  for  CALM, 
teams across GlobalData raised funds for their local food banks and 
hospitals  to  help  those  hit  hardest  by  COVID-19.  Including  match 
funding, GlobalData raised over £190,000. 

I  was  pleased  to  see  our  growing  commitment  to  excellence  in 
customer  service.  Our  2020  initiative  to  understand  our  clients 
better provided good intelligence, which will guide how we develop 
our customer service in 2021 and which I expect to drive improving 
client renewal rates. 

As  a  Group,  we  are  focused  on  continuous  improvement  in  our 
governance  arrangements  and  have  made  progress  during  2020 
and  continue  to  do  so  in  2021.  We  have  established  a  plan  to 
enhance the independence and skill set within our Board to better 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  UK  Corporate  Governance 
Code.  To  date,  we  have  announced  that  Murray  will  succeed  me 
as  Chairman  of  the  Group,  following  the  AGM,  and  together  with 
the appointment of Catherine Birkett, we have a clear progression 

9

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chairman’s StatementStrategic Reportand  succession  strategy.  We  are  also  looking  to  appoint  further 
independent  directors  to  enhance  the  capabilities  of  the  Board 
even further.

14 years as Chief Financial Officer at Interoute Telecommunications 
Limited,  during which time the  company  grew from  a  small  start-
up  to  one  of  Europe’s  fastest  growing  telecoms  providers,  with 
revenues in excess of €700m. 

We  are  planning  to  add  further  Non-Executive  Directors  in  the 
coming  months.  Our  intention  is  to  continue  to  grow  the  Board’s 
capabilities in order to enhance the support the Board provides to 
the business as it evolves. 

On  a  personal  note,  I  would  like  to  thank  all  our  Board  members 
for their kind fellowship over the last 10 years. I am leaving a great 
team in charge and I feel confident of their individual and collective 
capabilities to deal with any new challenge as they take the business 
forward. 

Bernard Cragg
Chairman  
13 March 2021

Dividend
Having regard to 2020’s financial performance, cash generation and 
future prospects, the Board is pleased to announce a final dividend 
of 11.6 pence per share (2019: 10 pence). The proposed final dividend 
will be paid on 23 April 2021 to shareholders on the register at the 
close  of  business  on  26  March  2021. The  ex-dividend  date will  be 
on 25 March 2021. The proposed final dividend increases the total 
dividend for the year to 17.0 pence per share (2019: 15.0 pence), an 
increase of 13%. 

Following  the  year  end,  the  Directors  became  aware  that  the 
Company had made unlawful distributions in 2018, 2019 and 2020 on 
account of the fact that it had incorrectly included reserves arising 
from share based payments, relating to employees of subsidiaries, 
as  distributable  and  had  not filed  interim  accounts  in  accordance 
with  section  838  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  to  demonstrate 
sufficient reserves were available for distribution. Therefore, during 
the period from May 2018 through to January 2021, contributions 
made to the Employee Benefit Trust, in order to buy back shares to 
satisfy the employee share options plan, and distributions by way 
of dividends were unlawful distributions in accordance with section 
838 of the Companies Act 2006. 

In order to correct the position, the Company will file interim accounts 
with Companies House in advance of the Annual General Meeting 
to demonstrate it has sufficient reserves. At the Company’s Annual 
General  Meeting,  on  20  April  2021,  the  Company  shall  propose  
a  resolution to  remove  any  right the  Company  may  have to  claim  
from  Directors  and  Shareholders 
in  respect  of  the  relevant 
contributions  and  distributions.  The  payments  deemed  to  be 
unlawful  during  this  period  were  £7.1m  in  2018,  £18.3m  in  2019, 
£34.8m in 2020 and £0.3m in January 2021. Upstream dividends 
will be paid in advance of the interim accounts to create additional 
distributable  reserves  in  the  Company  and  the  resolutions,  if 
passed, will regularise the matter.

Board Changes
As announced in January of this year, at our Annual General Meeting 
in April I shall be stepping down as Chairman of GlobalData Plc and 
will retire from the Board. I am delighted to welcome Murray Legg as 
my successor as Non-Executive Chairman. Murray has been a Non-
Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee since 2016 and 
has long experience working with major UK companies in a range of 
sectors, including media. 

We  announced  on  1  March  2021  that  we  are  delighted  to  have 
appointed  Catherine  Birkett  to  the  Board  as  Independent  Non-
Executive, effective 13 March 2021. Following the AGM on 20 April 
2021,  Catherine  will  succeed  Murray  Legg  as  Chair  of  the  Audit 
Committee.

Catherine  is  currently  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  GoCardless 
Limited,  a  high  growth  fintech  business.  Prior  to  that,  Catherine 
has  had  a  distinguished  career  in  senior  finance  roles,  including  

10

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chairman’s StatementStrategic Report 
“We can attribute much of 
GlobalData’s resilient performance 
in 2020 to our One Platform model. 
The centralised nature of this 
operating model means we could 
adapt our organisation quickly and 
control our costs effectively as 
operating circumstances shifted 
during the year.“ 

Bernard Cragg, Chairman 

11

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chairman’s StatementStrategic Report“Renewal rates remained 
strong throughout 2020 and 
subscription sales gathered 
momentum through the 
second half, contributing to 
subscription revenue growth 
of 7% for the full year. These 
positive trends resulted in 9% 
growth in invoiced forward 
revenue as at 31 December 
2020 to £92.7m.”

 Mike Danson, Chief Executive Officer

12

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Executive’s ReportStrategic ReportAs we see adoption of our product increase, we remain committed to 
creating a world-class user experience. Not only does this help our 
users to gain more value from their Intelligence Center and to work 
more effectively and efficiently, but it is key to driving subscription 
renewals. In 2020, we made significant investments in our platform, 
including introducing a range of new analytics and workflow tools 
such  as  our  competitive  intelligence  tool,  “build  your  own  report” 
tools and a new, more advanced content recommendation engine.

In 2020, we redesigned our largest free-to-access digital community 
platforms  and  invested  in  publishing  repurposed  proprietary  data 
and insight content from our Intelligence Centers. This data-driven 
journalism and analyst reporting stimulated significant increases in 
traffic, totalling 65 million unique visitors in 2020. This engagement 
with  millions  of  professionals  globally  enhances  our  brand,  drives 
leads  and  automated  sales,  as  well  as  providing  an  innovative 
source of proprietary insight.

Strategic Priorities - Sales Excellence
In  2020,  we  focused  on  strengthening  our  existing  sales 
capabilities by recruiting new commercial leadership talent across 
our  Professional  Services,  Custom  Solutions,  and  Communities 
Solutions sales teams.

We  also  invested  significantly  in  creating  a  best  practice  sales 
enablement  capability, 
introduction  of  a  new 
including  the 
structured  salesperson  on-boarding  programme,  which  resulted  
in an average time to first sale of between 4-10 weeks for the cohort 
of 20 salespeople that were enrolled in Q4 2020. 

We also introduced:

• 

• 

an  enterprise  learning  management  platform  to  support 
structured training pathways designed to improve sales skills, 
product  knowledge,  and  use  of  in-role  support  technology. 
In  particular,  this  platform  supports  our  ability  to  train  and 
coach our salesforce continuously and at scale on our evolving 
product portfolio.

a  conversation  intelligence  platform  to  analyse  thousands 
of our client calls and meetings in real time to better support 
coaching  and 
identification  of  customer  and  competitor 
insights. 

GlobalData  confronted 
tough  commercial  and  operational 
challenges  in  2020  as  a  result  of  COVID-19.  However,  our  Full 
Year  2020  results  clearly  demonstrate  that  we  overcame  those 
challenges  and  continued  to  progress  GlobalData’s  strategic 
development through the year, and we are well placed for a strong 
2021. 

STRATEGY UPDATE

GlobalData  was  founded  in  2016  with  the  mission  to  help  our 
clients  decode the future,  make  better  decisions,  and  reach  more 
customers.  In  2020, we  continued to  consolidate  and  expand  our 
strategic position as a leading data, insights and analytics platform 
within the growing information services market.  

We benefit from long-term trends that are driving growing demand 
for our products from organisations of all sizes and types worldwide 
using  data,  insights  and  analytics  to  maintain  their  competitive 
advantage in an increasingly complex, dynamic and unpredictable 
world. 

We have adopted a One Platform operating model, which integrates 
our  data  assets,  research  capabilities  and  information technology 
to  develop  and  deliver  a  portfolio  of  client  solutions  and  digital 
community  platforms  to  markets  and  customers  worldwide.  This 
platform  also  gives  us  the  ability  to  respond  rapidly  to  changing 
market conditions and customer needs by developing new solutions 
at speed and scale, with limited capital investment.

We  have  clear,  accessible  paths  to  organic  growth  across  our 
core markets and products, as well as the capability to enter new 
markets  and  develop  new  revenue  streams.  Given  the  diversified, 
scalable  nature  of  our  business  we  are  confident  in  our  ability  to 
progress towards our medium term Adjusted EBITDA margin target 
of between 35% and 40% and have the ambition to accelerate our 
organic revenue growth to at least 10% annually.  

We  aim  to  deliver  against  these  targets  by  implementing  a  range 
of  growth  initiatives  in  four  strategic  priority  areas:  World-Class 
Products, Sales Excellence, Client Centric, and Operational Agility.  

Strategic Priorities - World-Class Products
During  the  year  we  continued  to  make  significant  advancements 
in  strengthening  our  “gold  standard”  capabilities  within  each 
individual  vertical,  including  implementing  a  unified  forecasting 
approach and common data lake across all industries. 

We  also  continued  to  enhance  our  cross-vertical  use  of  business 
fundamentals  (e.g.  Companies,  Deals,  News,  Macroeconomics), 
proprietary  Thematic  Research,  and  expand  our 
innovative 
horizontal  “Alternative”  data  and  analytics.  These  capabilities  are 
integrated  into  our  core  vertical  offering  and  help  to  differentiate 
our  products  in the  marketplace  by  providing  our  customers with 
a richer and more complete intelligence offering. 

13

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Executive’s ReportStrategic Reporttotal  revenues  in  2019  compared  to  5%  in  2020.  We  accelerated 
development  of  our  digital  engagement  capabilities  and  delivered 
33 virtual events during the year, 26 of which had been run as live 
events in 2019. In 2021 we will continue to expand our virtual events 
programme  and  we  will  resume  some  in-person  events  when 
conditions  allow.  Overall,  we  expect  events  –  live  and  virtual  –  to 
continue to contribute revenues at a similar level to 2020. 

The  operational  flexibility  of  the  One  Platform  model  allowed 
us  to  refocus  resources  from  within  our  existing  cost  base  to 
underpin  our  response  to  customer  demand  for  insight  and  to 
do  so  without  compromising  the  development  roadmap  of  our 
core  product  and  platform.  We  were  able  to  quickly  expand  our 
dedicated  team  covering  COVID-19  from  5  to  over  200  analysts 
by April  2020 to  provide  our  customers with the  intelligence they 
needed to understand and analyse the economic, sectoral, market 
and company-level impacts. Our centralised product management 
and  data  science  infrastructure  –  another  facet  of  our  One 
Platform  capabilities  –  allowed  us  to  rapidly  develop  a  suite  of 
new  Intelligence  Center  product  capabilities  and  other  products, 
including over 2,000 analyst briefing reports, over 1,500 sector and 
company-specific  reports,  over  900  impact  forecasts  at  market, 
brand,  asset  and  company  level,  and  more  than  50  webinars.  We 
made  these  products  available  immediately  at  no  additional  cost 
to our subscription customers, driving Intelligence Center usage to 
peak in April 2020 at three times prior year usage.  

Trading Performance 
Revenue  –  Renewal  rates  remained  strong  throughout  2020  and 
subscription  sales  gathered  momentum  through  the  second  half 
contributing to subscription revenue growth of 7% for the full year. 
These  positive  trends  resulted  in  9%  growth  in  invoiced  forward 
revenue as at 31 December 2020 to £92.7m (2019: £85.1m).

Cost base – During the year we took steps to ensure our cost base 
remained  in  line  with  trading  performance  while  also  continuing 
to  invest  in  Growth  Optimisation  Plan  initiatives  vital  to  driving 
the business’s future development. As part of the management of 
costs, we slowed down the recruitment of additional sales heads as 
well as achieving more organic savings such as reduced travel and 
event  hosting  facilities’  running  costs.  We  only  expect  a  marginal 
increment in costs going forward as a result of only some of these 
costs returning on a normalised basis.

Balance sheet - In 2020 we completed the refinancing of our debt 
facility, providing £145.5m of committed facility and a further £75m 
uncommitted  accordion  facility.  While  our  strategic  focus  is  on 
exploiting  GlobalData’s  organic  growth  opportunities,  these  new 
arrangements provide us with resources of more than £140m with 
which to take up acquisition opportunities as they arise.   

Strategic Priorities - Client Centric 
In 2020, we made almost a 100% increase in headcount across our 
Customer Success teams and set best practice playbooks to scale 
operations  efficiently  by  standardising  our  approach  to  Customer 
and User on-boarding, training, and ongoing account management, 
focusing on the key touchpoints across our customer life cycle.  

Complementing the above, we also adopted an in-product customer 
engagement tool, which  allows  us to  run targeted  campaigns for 
our  Intelligence  Center  users  designed to  encourage them to  use 
specific product features. We ran four campaigns in the second half 
of 2020, each of which engaged an average of 35,000 users, leading 
to  an  average  of  17%  of  users  increasing their  use  of the features 
in the following 30 days. This capability will play an important role in 
driving awareness and adoption of new product releases.

Strategic Priorities – Operational Agility 
We  continued  to  make  progress  in  developing  and  executing  our 
TechFirst  programme  and  digital  workplace  strategy,  which  is 
designed  to  help  all  employees  and  teams  work  effectively  and 
efficiently.  Our  focus  in  this  area  meant  that  during  the  first  part 
of  the  year  we  successfully  transitioned  the  entire  organisation 
to  working  from  home  and  ensured  we  continued  to  operate 
as  “business  as  usual”,  with  no  colleagues  being  furloughed. 
We  equipped  staff  with  laptops  and  secure  remote  access  to  our 
IT  infrastructure  and  adapted  our  offices  to  meet  recommended 
standards  for  working,  enabling  them  to  remain  open  throughout 
the pandemic to those employees who chose to use them.  We are 
fully  prepared  for  a  progressive  return  to  a  more  normal  working 
environment when conditions permit. No material additional costs 
were incurred in adapting to COVID-19 working conditions.

As part of supporting the well-being of colleagues working remotely, 
we introduced a Group-wide internal communications programme 
to keep employees connected to the business and their colleagues. 
The  monthly  online  information  sessions,  presented  by  the  Chief 
Executive, were well  received,  and  our  employee feedback  survey 
showed  they  substantially  improved  employee  understanding  of 
Company goals and strategy as we moved into 2021. 

2020 REVIEW 

Impact of COVID-19 
During  the  first  part  of  the  year,  we  successfully  transitioned  the 
entire organisation to working from home and ensured we continued 
to  operate  as  “business  as  usual”. We  equipped  staff with  laptops 
and secure remote access to our IT infrastructure and adapted our 
offices to meet recommended standards for working, enabling them 
to remain open throughout the pandemic to those employees who 
chose to use them.  

As we reported in July, the initial impact constrained sales during 
the first  half  of the year,  particularly  in  our  events  activities.  Over 
the full year, revenues from events were approximately 53% lower 
than  2019.  However,  this  should  be  seen  in  the  context  of  the 
small  contribution  events  make,  which  was  10%  of  GlobalData’s 

14

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Executive’s ReportStrategic ReportKEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

The key performance indicators below are used, in addition to statutory reporting measures, by the Executive Directors to monitor the 
Group’s performance and progress. 

2020 

2019 

% growth

Revenue

£178.4m

£178.2m

0%

Invoiced 
Forward Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA  
 margin

£92.7m

£85.1m

9%

£56.7m

£49.8m

14%

32%

28%

4p.p.

Net Debt

£58.1m

£55.3m

5%

We have continued to make progress against these KPIs. As noted 
above, subscription revenue growth of 7% has been offset by a 53% 
decline  in  events  revenue. The  subscription  growth  has  benefited 
only very marginally from a small acquisition made in the year. 

people  that  our  entire  organisation  pivoted  seamlessly  to  home-
working  with  no  interruption  to  our  normal  business  activity.    We 
look  forward  with  great  optimism  that  worldwide  vaccination 
programmes will enable a gradual return to normal working patterns 
over the course of 2021. 

Due to the relatively stable cost base created by our One Platform 
model,  the  business’s  profitability  growth  remains  strong,  and  in 
2020  our  margin  improved  towards  our  medium  term  Adjusted 
EBITDA margin target of between 35% and 40% as a result of year-
on-year organic cost savings.

Dividend
Having  regard  to  2020’s  financial  performance,  cash  generation 
and  future  prospects,  the  Board  is  pleased  to  announce  a  final 
dividend of 11.6 pence per share (2019: 10.0 pence). The proposed 
final dividend will be paid on 23 April 2021 to shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 26 March 2021. The ex-dividend 
date will be on 25 March 2021.  The proposed final dividend increases 
the total  dividend for the year to  17.0  pence  per  share  (2019:  15.0 
pence), an increase of 13%.

Outlook for 2021 
A resilient performance in 2020 and the tailwinds that continue to 
drive  information  services  sector  growth  have  given  us  a  strong 
strategic,  operating  and  financial  position  from  which  to  grow  in 
2021.   

Underpinned  by  our  strong  invoiced  forward  revenue  position  of 
£92.7m at the start of the new financial year and sales growth, we 
look  forward  to  strong  organic  revenue  growth  and  continued 
margin  improvement  in  2021.  We  acknowledge  the  continuing 
economic  impact  of  COVID-19,  particularly  in  physical  events,  but 
we  are  confident  in  our  model  and  now  have  a  lesser  exposure 
to event revenues as we move forward. We are confident that we will 
continue  to  fulfil  the  strategic  ambitions  set  out  in  our  Growth 
Optimisation Plan. 

People  
I  want  to  thank  all  my  GlobalData  colleagues  for  their  impressive 
achievements  in  progressing  the  business  while  simultaneously 
responding and adapting to the effects of a global pandemic. It is  
a  measure  of  the  commitment  and  capabilities  of  GlobalData’s 

Board 
Earlier  in  the  year  we  announced  that  Bernard  Cragg  would  be 
stepping down as Chairman at the Annual General Meeting in April.  
I would like to thank Bernard for his considerable years of service to 
GlobalData and wish him well for the future.

I  am  delighted  that  Murray  Legg  will  take  on  the  role  of  
Non-Executive  Chairman  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting,  and  on  
1  March  2021  we  also  announced  the  appointment  of  Catherine 
Birkett  to  the  Board  as  independent  Non-Executive,  effective  
13 March 2021. Following the AGM on 20 April 2021, Catherine will 
succeed Murray Legg as Chair of the Audit Committee.

We  are  planning  to  add  further  Non-Executive  Directors  in  the 
coming  months.  Our  intention  is  to  continue  to  grow  the  Board’s 
capabilities in order to enhance the support the Board provides to 
the business as it evolves.

Mike Danson
Chief Executive Officer
13 March 2021

15

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Executive’s ReportStrategic Report£m

Revenue

Operating profit

Adjusting items

Depreciation

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Amortisation of software

Share based payments charge

Restructuring and refinancing costs

Costs of settlement of pension liabilities 

Revaluation gain on short and long-term derivatives

Unrealised operating foreign exchange (gain)/loss

M&A costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin2

Statutory Profit Before Tax

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Share based payments charge

Restructuring and refinancing costs

Costs of settlement of pension liabilities 

Revaluation gain on short and long-term derivatives

Unrealised operating foreign exchange (gain)/ loss

M&A costs

Adjusted Profit Before Tax

Income Tax Expense

Adjusted Profit After Tax

Cash flow analysis

Cash flow generated from operations

Cash flow conversion %3

Earnings performance

Profit After Tax

Adjusted Profit After Tax

Basic Shares (millions)

Diluted Shares (millions)

Attributable to equity holders:

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (pence)

Year Ended

31 December 2020

178.4

33.0

7.0

10.7

1.1

4.2

0.6

-

(0.3)

(0.3)

0.7

56.7

32%

28.6

10.7

4.2

0.6

-

(0.3)

(0.3)

0.7

44.2

(6.0)

38.2

59.8

105%

22.6

38.2

116.2

124.8

19.4

18.1

32.9

30.6

Year Ended

31 December 2019

Restated1

178.2

12.7

4.8

16.3

0.9

10.9

0.8

2.2

(1.7)

1.4

1.5

49.8

28%

8.0

16.3

10.9

0.8

2.2

(1.7)

1.4

1.5

39.4

(4.2)

35.2

52.8

106%

3.8

35.2

116.5

125.7

3.3

3.0

30.2

28.0

1 The restatement is in relation to the accounting treatment of the Pension buy-in, classification of other income and correction of understated prior year tax 

expense as disclosed in note 1.  

2 Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as: Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. Note 2 discloses the rationale for the adjusting items in detail.

3 Cash flow conversion is defined as: Cash flow generated from continuing operations divided by Adjusted EBITDA.

16

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Financial Officer’s ReportStrategic ReportThe  financial  position  and  performance  of the  business  are  reflective  of the  core  financial  elements  of  our  business  model: visible  and 
recurring revenues, high incremental margins, scalable opportunity and strong cash flows. The Directors use statutory profit measures to 
assess business performance but also believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted earnings per share provide additional useful information 
on the core operational performance of the Group to shareholders, and we review the results of the Group using these measures internally.  

THE GROUP’S PERFORMANCE THIS YEAR

1. Revenue
Overall  revenue  for  the  year  was  marginally  ahead  of  the  previous  year  at  £178.4m  (2019:  £178.2m).  Revenue  performance  included 
7% growth in subscription revenue (which represents 83% of total revenue compared to 78% in 2019). The growth in subscriptions was 
driven  by  strong  renewal  rates,  and together with  strong  new  business  momentum  in the  second  half  also  drove the  invoiced forward 
revenue growth as at 31 December 2020.

However, the impact of COVID-19  on our ability to deliver physical events meant that events revenue was a drag on our overall  results. 
Events revenues declined by £9.6m year on year, representing a 53% reduction. Events revenue has typically accounted for around 10% of 
Group revenue, but moving forward we expect this number to be nearer 5% of Group revenue with more focus on digital delivery.

2. Profit before tax
Profit  before  tax  for  the year  grew  by  £20.6m  to  £28.6m  (2019:  £8.0m),  which  partly  reflects  the  operating  leverage  which  has  driven 
Adjusted EBITDA to grow by £6.9m to £56.7m (2019: £49.8m) and reductions in other operating costs.

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  by  14% to  £56.7m  (2019:  £49.8m). The  growth  in Adjusted  EBITDA was  achieved  despite  our  relatively 
modest overall revenue growth, meaning our margins were significantly expanded (4 percentage points to 32% (2019: 28%). This is 
reflective of our ability to control our cost base. Savings made in 2020 related to lower events costs, salesperson commissions and 
travel expenses. We expect only some of these costs to return on a normalised basis.

Other operating costs
Further to the improved Adjusted EBITDA performance, there was a decline in other operating costs, which contributed to an overall 
increase in statutory profit (Adjusting Items are disclosed in note 7). Notable variances included:

• 

• 
• 

• 

restructuring, M&A and refinancing costs have declined by £1.0m to £1.3m, reflecting reduced M&A activity over the past year 
(2019: £2.3m);
the non-recurring nature of the pension settlement of £2.2m during 2019, meaning nil cost in 2020;
the share based payment charge has dropped from £10.9m to £4.2m in 2020 (a decline of £6.7m). The expectation was that the 
target for the 2010 share option scheme would be fully satisfied during 2020, but due to the COVID-19 impact on events revenue, 
the target was not met. We now expect the target to be met in 2021, meaning that the charge in 2020 has reduced due to a “true 
up” exercise on the cost during 2020 and the fair value of each option to be spread over an additional year (in line with IFRS2). 
Further details on share based payments can be found in note 24; and
the  amortisation  charge  for  acquired  intangibles  has  declined  by  £5.6m  to  £10.7m  (2019:  £16.3m). This  is  reflective  of  assets 
becoming fully amortised and no significant M&A activity adding further intangible assets to the Group.

Leases
Within our operating costs, depreciation in relation to right-of-use assets was £5.6m (2019: £4.0m). Other income, in relation to sub-let 
income on right-of-use assets was £1.3m (2019: £1.3m). Our net finance costs include interest of £1.7m in relation to lease liabilities 
(2019: £1.6m).

3. Cash Generation
Cash generated from continuing operations grew by 13% to £59.8m (2019: £52.8m) representing 105% of Adjusted EBITDA (2019: 106%), 
reflecting the fact that COVID-19 has not had a significant impact on the Group’s working capital cycles.

Capital expenditure was £5.0m in 2020 (2019: £2.7m), including £1.5m on software (2019: £1.1m). The uplift reflects significant investment 
into the Group’s computer hardware and cyber security systems. We expect that normal capital expenditure levels will return in 2021.

Total cash flows from operating activities was £51.0m (growth of £9.0m from 2019), which represented 155% of operating profit (2019: 331%).

Short and long-term borrowings increased by £9.3m (inclusive of a £5.3m repayment) to £75.8m as at 31 December 2020 (2019: £66.5m).
However, the average debt drawn position throughout 2020 was lower than in 2019, which is reflected in the lower interest payments in 
the year.

17

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Financial Officer’s ReportStrategic Report 
During the year, the Group paid out £18.0m in dividends. As part of its treasury policy to cover the requirement of its share options schemes 
from market purchases, the Group bought back £23.7m of shares through the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust.

4. Net Debt
Net  debt  increased  to  £58.1m  as  at  31  December  2020  (2019:  £55.3m).  This  increase  principally  reflects  strong  cash  flows,  offset  by 
contributions to the Employee Benefit Trust to buy back shares of £23.7m, dividends of £18.0m and an increase in capital expenditure to 
£5.0m.

The  Group  defines  Net  Debt  as  short  and  long-term  borrowings  (note  20)  less  cash  and  cash  equivalents. The  amount  excludes  items 
related to leases.

£m

Short and long-term borrowings (note 20)

Cash

Net Debt

2020

75.8

(17.7)

58.1

2019

66.5

(11.2)

55.3

5. Invoiced forward revenue
Invoiced forward revenues grew by 9% from the 31 December 2019 balance of £85.1m to £92.7m, reflecting good momentum on sales 
orders in the latter quarter of 2020. 

Invoiced forward revenue is a major component of our significant revenue visibility for the forthcoming year, and when combined with 
other contracted (but not invoiced) revenue, and our expected return from renewals during 2021, we have visibility on £156m of revenue 
for 2021 as at 1 January 2020 (1 January 2019: £144m), a 9% increase.

£m

Deferred revenue (note 19)

Amounts not due/subscription not started at 31 December

Invoiced forward revenue

2020

74.7

18.0

92.7

2019

68.6

16.5

85.1

Invoiced forward revenue includes £1.0m as at 31 December 2020, which is in relation to Progressive Content Limited, a company 
acquired in the year. Excluding this, the organic invoiced forward revenue was £91.7m, growth of 8%.

6. Foreign exchange impact on results
The Group derives around 60% of revenues in currencies other than Sterling. The impact of currency movements in the year had a slightly 
positive impact on revenues of £0.3m (2019: positive £3.0m), which was offset in the Consolidated Income Statement by approximately 
£0.6m adverse impact on costs (2019: adverse £2.4m), meaning that currency adversely affected the Group’s profitability by £0.3m (2019: 
benefit £0.6m). The main driver for the movement was the fluctuation throughout the year of Pound Sterling in comparison to US Dollar. In 
2019 the average rate throughout the year was 1.27 compared to an average rate of 1.28 in 2020.

7. Earnings per share
Basic EPS was 19.4 pence per share (2019: 3.3 pence per share). Fully diluted profit per share was 18.1 pence per share (2019: 3.0 pence per 
share).

On an adjusted basis, the adjusted earnings per share grew from 30.2 pence per share to 32.9 pence, representing 9% growth.

8. Dividends
Having regard to 2020’s financial performance, cash generation and future prospects, the Board is pleased to announce a final dividend of 
11.6 pence per share (2019: 10.0 pence). The proposed final dividend will be paid on 23 April 2021 to shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 26 March 2021. The ex-dividend date will be on 25 March 2021.  The proposed final dividend increases the total dividend for 
the year to 17.0 pence per share (2019: 15.0 pence), an increase of 13%. 

Following  the  year  end,  the  Directors  became  aware  that  the  Company  had  made  unlawful  distributions  in  2018,  2019  and  2020  on 
account  of the fact that  it  had  incorrectly  included  reserves  arising from  share  based  payments,  relating to  employees  of  subsidiaries, 
as distributable and had not filed interim accounts in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006 to demonstrate sufficient 
reserves were available for distribution. Therefore, during the period from May 2018 through to January 2021, contributions made to the 
Employee Benefit Trust, in order to buy back shares to satisfy the employee share options plan, and distributions by way of dividends were 
unlawful distributions in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006.  

18

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Financial Officer’s ReportStrategic Report 
In order to correct the position, the Company will file interim accounts with Companies House in advance of the Annual General Meeting 
to  demonstrate  it  has  sufficient  reserves.  At  the  Company’s  Annual  General  Meeting,  on  20  April  2021,  the  Company  shall  propose  a 
resolution to remove any right the Company may have to claim from Directors and Shareholders in respect of the relevant contributions 
and distributions. The payments deemed to be unlawful during this period were £7.1m in 2018, £18.3m in 2019, £34.8m in 2020 and £0.3m 
in  January  2021.  Upstream  dividends  will  be  paid  in  advance  of  the  interim  accounts  to  create  additional  distributable  reserves  in  the 
Company and the resolutions, if passed, will regularise the matter.

9. Taxation
The Group’s effective tax rate for the year was 21%. This is higher than the current UK rate of 19%, which is broadly due to overseas tax 
suffered,  mainly  in  the  United  States  and  India.  There  are  a  number  of  factors  that  will  affect  the  Group’s  future  total  tax  charge  as  a 
percentage of underlying profits, including the mix of profits and losses between the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.  A normalised 
effective tax rate is currently expected to be between 20% and 25%.

Financial Risk Management
The Group’s primary objective in managing foreign currency risk is to protect against the risk that the eventual Sterling net cash flows will 
be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To do this, the Group enters into foreign exchange contracts that limit the risk 
from movements in US Dollar, Euro and Indian Rupee exchange rates with Sterling. Whilst commercially and from a cash flow perspective 
this hedges the Group’s currency exposures, the Group elects not to apply hedge accounting and accordingly any movements in the fair 
value of the foreign exchange contracts are recognised in the Income Statement.

As a data and analytics company, we are not currently impacted by cross-border tariffs and we do not currently expect the renegotiation of 
tariffs to materially impact our business. 

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the impact that fluctuations in market interest rates can have on the value of the Group’s interest-bearing assets and 
liabilities and on the interest charge recognised in the Income Statement. The Group does not manage this risk with the use of derivatives.

The London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) will be phased out and transitioned to other risk-free rates at the end of 2021. Management are 
aware of this change and are actively engaged with relevant counterparties to ensure the Group is not significantly affected.

Liquidity risk and going concern
The Group’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it has sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities as they fall 
due with surplus facilities to cope with any unexpected variances in timing of cash flows. The Group meets its day-to-day working capital 
requirements through free cash flow, being operations generated cash (with no external financing required). Although the Statement of 
Financial  Position  shows  net  current  liabilities  (current  assets  less  current  liabilities),  included  in  current  liabilities  is  £75m  of  deferred 
revenue, which the Group views as representing future income earnings potential. Once adjusted for deferred revenue the Group has net 
current assets of £29m (2019: £18m).

Based on cash flow projections, the Group considers the existing financing facilities to be adequate to meet short-term commitments. The 
Directors have a reasonable expectation that there are no material uncertainties that cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of the Financial Statements. Accordingly, the Group has prepared the Annual Report and Accounts on a going concern basis. The 
Directors have prepared a Going Concern and Long Term Viability Statement on page 30, within the Strategic Report.

Graham Lilley 
Chief Financial Officer
13 March 2021

19

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Chief Financial Officer’s ReportStrategic ReportGlobalData’s  mission  is to  help  our  clients  decode the future to  become  more  successful  and  innovative,  by  providing  high-value  data, 
analytics, and insights.

The Group provides services across a breadth of industry markets and functions, on a global scale and on One Platform. We have a clear 
philosophy of owning our own data and intellectual property, and seek to be a long-term, strategic partner to our clients, by serving their 
critical activities with a differentiated, “gold standard” offering. 

Our Approach to Risk Management
The Group recognises that in order to be successful, we are required to take risks. However, risks need to be taken in a controlled environment. 
Our approach is one of responsible risk taking in line with the principles, culture, tolerance and appetite as directed by the Board. Over the 
past two years, our approach to risk management has matured, developing over time to better serve the needs of a fast-growing business. 
That said, as a Board we are committed to continue to drive forward our Risk Management processes to enable:

• 
• 
• 

the safeguarding of the Group’s assets
effective decision-making
embed risk management considerations and foster accountability for risk throughout the organisation

The Board sets the Group’s risk appetite. In doing so, the Board considers our strategic objectives, the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties 
and assesses against the long-term viability of the Group. The Board also considers the views of the Executive Management and Audit 
Committee as part of its systematic review of internal controls.

The below chart reflects the roles and responsibilities within our risk management processes. 

The Board

Review and Confirmation
The Board’s responsibility is to review and approve the Group’s 
strategy and objectives. The Board determines the Group’s 
appetite for risk and evaluates the Group’s risk management 
processes and internal control.

Audit Committee

Challenge and Review
Risks are reviewed by the Audit Committee alongside internal 
controls for ongoing adequacy of operating effectiveness.

Executive Management 
Committee

Ongoing Review, control and implementation
The Executive Management Committee are responsible for day 
to day ownership of risk management and internal controls.

The Audit Committee monitors the adequacy and effectiveness of internal control and risk management systems and ensures that a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the Group has been undertaken.

Our approach to identifying the principal risks
The principal risks and uncertainties identified in the Report are those categories of risk which are considered by the Board to be material to 
the Group’s strategic development, performance and future prospects as well as Group operations. Whilst the categories have not materially 
changed since our last Annual Report, the risk factors have evolved and we have set out in the report how these have changed in the year. 
In setting out the principal risks, the Board consider the net impact of mitigations and controls in place.

The identified principal risks are not the only risks facing the business but are considered to have a material impact on the business, and 
therefore are the focus of discussion at Board and Audit Committee meetings.

20

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Principal and Emerging Risks and UncertaintiesStrategic ReportImpact of COVID-19 on principal risks
The COVID-19 pandemic during 2020, and continuing into 2021, has presented the Group with opportunities (e.g. the COVID-19 content and 
audience engagement) as well as affecting the way the Group operates. 

COVID-19 has impacted the assessment of principal risks across the Group, particularly around the continuation of “business as usual” and 
operating outside of the office environment. The Group has demonstrated the resilience of its model and ability to operate, despite office 
closures and the wider economic impact. The Board believes that the COVID-19 pandemic has given rise to new risk factors within our existing 
principal risks, but does not equate to a principal risk on its own. The assessment of principal risks highlights where we believe COVID-19 has 
had an impact.

Principal Risks
The principal risks and uncertainties reported are not the only risks facing the business, but are those which the Board considers to be 
material to the Group. The Directors consider that the principal and emerging risks and uncertainties facing the Group are::

Business and strategic risks: 

Risk Description

Potential Impact

Mitigations and Controls

Our vision to 
become the 
world’s trusted 
source of strategic 
industry data, 
analytics, and 
insights means 
that our content 
must be of the 
highest quality to 
help our clients 
be successful. A 
reduction in quality 
could result in a 
loss of reputation 
resulting in a loss 
of revenues from 
new and renewable 
business.

Failure to recruit 
or retain key 
staff could lead 
to reduced 
innovation and 
progress in the 
business.

Product 
The success 
of the Group is 
dependent on 
the quality and 
relevance of our 
products.

People and 
Succession
The Group is a 
people-based 
business; failure 
to attract or 
retain key 
employees could 
seriously impede 
future growth.

One of our key strategic priorities is World Class products. 
The Executive Management Committee regularly review 
renewal and usage rates of our products which is a key 
indicator of quality. In order to ensure the highest quality, we:
•  have a robust data integrity platform and process
•  have a clear process for checking the integrity and 

quality of our content, with external assurance on our 
quality procedures

•  continue to invest in recruiting and retaining high quality 

analysts and researchers

•  we are continually developing innovative solutions which 
enhance both the content quality and our client’s user 
interface experience

•  we monitor our customer usage metrics and actively 
seek feedback from our clients in order to improve the 
services and customer experience.

How the business and 
strategic risks have changed

The uncertainty in our 
markets as a result of 
COVID-19 has meant that 
our clients have needed 
data and insight to aid their 
decision-making. COVID-19 
has allowed us to showcase 
our One Platform agility to 
give our clients timely and 
relevant insight when they 
need it.

Our attention to quality has 
not changed and we have 
adapted our processes 
and controls to cope with 
remote working.

The Group actively manages its talent and ensures that 
there are succession plans for its Board and Executive 
Management Committee:
• 

the Group operates a competitive remuneration package, 
with competitive commission and incentive schemes

•  Experienced management team with a robust on- 
boarding programme for sales people which allows 
talented and motivated employees to flourish

•  monitoring of succession plans at Board, Executive and 

team levels

•  monitoring of employee satisfaction surveys, particularly 

• 

• 

so during the pandemic in 2020
long-term incentive schemes with over 100 senior 
management participants
the introduction of a new long-term incentive plan to 
retain the top level of the Executive throughout the next 
five-year plan.

Remote working has 
provided its challenges, 
but we quickly adapted and 
increased our focus on our 
employees’ well-being and 
their ability to perform their 
roles remotely. We have 
adapted our on-boarding 
programmes to be effective 
in remote scenarios and 
conducted online.

We have promoted Wayne 
Lloyd to Deputy CEO to 
enhance our leadership 
of the sales teams and 
add depth to our existing 
succession plans.

21

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Principal and Emerging Risks and UncertaintiesStrategic ReportHow the business and 
strategic risks have changed

Our unique position as a 
multi-sector information 
services provider has 
enabled us to leverage our 
different sector expertise 
to provide our clients with 
unrivalled in-depth analysis 
of COVID-19 on their 
markets.

Our clients are demanding 
more and we are in a strong 
position to meet their needs.

Because we are not 
particularly exposed to one 
single economic sector, it 
has protected our financial 
performance and allowed 
us to deliver robust and 
resilient results.

COVID-19 has impacted 
our events revenue in the 
year, but our core revenues 
have grown. We continue 
to consider the wider 
macroeconomic picture, but 
our cross-sector revenue 
streams give us some sector 
specific protection. 

Brexit has not significantly 
impacted the Group. 
We continue to monitor 
potential impacts.

COVID-19 has slowed M&A 
activity in 2020. However, 
we continue to look for 
strategic M&A to increase 
our offering and enhance 
scale.

Business and strategic risks (continued):

Risk Description

Potential Impact

Mitigations and Controls

Competition 
and Clients
The Group 
operates in highly 
competitive 
yet fragmented 
markets.

Loss of market 
share due 
to changing 
markets and 
reduced financial 
performance 
arising from 
competitive 
threats.

Economic and 
Global Political 
Changes
The Group’s 
businesses 
operate in three 
key geographic 
markets namely 
Europe, North 
America and Asia 
Pacific.

Economic 
and political 
uncertainty could 
lead to a reduction 
or delay in client 
spending on the 
services offered 
by the Group and/ 
or restriction on 
the Group’s ability 
to trade in certain 
jurisdictions.

Acquisition and 
Disposal Risk

The failure to 
successfully 
identify and 
integrate key 
acquisitions could 
lead to loss of 
profits, inefficient 
business 
processes, 
inconsistent 
corporate culture 
and weakened 
brand.

22

The Group operates across a range of industry verticals and 
across the globe, therefore it has a broad range of clients 
and competitors. One of the Group’s unique selling points 
is not only the breadth of its coverage, but also depth. 
Therefore, it has to ensure the depth of industry content is 
competitive and comparable to its competition in that sector:
• 
the Group routinely reviews the competitive landscape to 
identify potential threats and acquisition opportunities
•  we monitor our customer usage metrics and actively 
seek feedback from our clients in order to improve the 
services and customer experience

•  we constantly monitor new technology capabilities 

and innovation to ensure that our products are always 
contemporary and relevant, which allows us to respond 
to new competitive threats as they arise

•  our datasets and technology platforms are both unique 

and difficult to replicate

•  we aim to embed our products and services in client 
organisations thereby increase switching costs

•  we provide improved and best-in-class client support 
thereby improving customer satisfaction and retention.

The Group provides high-quality data and analytics services, 
which are embedded in the day-to-day operations of our 
clients. In times of uncertainty, we aim to provide clarity and 
insight. 

When economic and political uncertainty lead to financial 
uncertainty, we have the following mitigations:
•  management of headcount and overheads
•  visibility of revenue through invoiced revenue and 

renewable contracts

•  we operate across multiple industry sectors and 

therefore are not reliant on one industry

•  we operate in different geographies and therefore 

operate in a balanced portfolio of markets.

M&A has been a significant part of the strategy and growth 
of the Group and moving forwards, M&A will continue to 
play a key role in our strategy. Therefore, the rigour and the 
diligence that goes into first the selection of targets and 
then the acquisition and integration of business is key to our 
strategic success:
•  all acquisitions are subject to rigorous due diligence and 
operational review, the findings of which are presented 
to the main Board as part of the supervision and approval 
process

•  where necessary external advisers with either technical 

• 

• 

and/or local knowledge are engaged
for smaller acquisitions, a separate investment 
committee with delegated responsibility from the Board 
reviews the diligence process
for acquisitions with related parties, a separate related 
party committee will also review the diligence process.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Principal and Emerging Risks and UncertaintiesStrategic ReportOperational risks:

Risk Description

Potential Impact

Mitigation

Financial

The Group’s 
reporting currency 
is Pounds Sterling. 
Given the Group’s 
significant 
international 
operations, 
fluctuations 
in currency 
exchange rates 
can affect 
the Group’s 
consolidated 
results.

As a global Group, 
we are subject 
to many forms of 
direct and indirect 
taxation and 
because of the 
many territories 
we are active 
within, tax law and 
compliance is a 
complex area.

Loss, misuse 
or theft of 
proprietary, 
employee or 
customer data

Loss of our 
proprietary 
content and data 
could diminish 
the value that 
we derive from 
our intellectual 
property.

A significant mitigation is the natural hedge we have from 
our global operations. We generate around 60% of revenues 
from currencies other than Sterling, which is predominantly 
US Dollar, whilst around 40% of costs are derived from 
non-Sterling currencies, which are all primarily linked to 
movements of US Dollar. 

The net cash flow exposure is then managed by entering 
into foreign exchange contracts that limit the risk from 
movements in US Dollar, Euro and Indian Rupee exchange 
rates with Sterling. 

The Group has an agreed foreign exchange hedging policy 
set by the Board. The policy is to hedge throughout the year 
at 20% per quarter for a period of 12 month out, so that in 
each quarter we enter with 80% of our cash flow hedged. 
The policy does not fully mitigate its exposure to currency 
movements and around 20% of its net currency cash flow is 
unhedged each quarter.

The Group’s treasury position is a recurring agenda item for 
the Board and Audit Committee.

We engage a Big Four firm for tax advice and utilise their 
global network to both plan our tax exposure and manage 
compliance across the world. We make full and transparent 
returns in each jurisdiction and work collaboratively to 
ensure accurate submissions are made.

For related party transactions, a separate subcommittee 
of the Audit Committee has been established to monitor 
the controls that identify related party transactions and 
to authorise the type and nature of each transaction. The 
committee also regulates the arms-length nature of each 
agreement.

We have an obligation to protect the data we hold, whether 
that is customer or employee data. Loss and/or misuse of 
this data could result in a loss of reputation, and regulatory 
sanctions or fines. Controls are in place to prevent the loss/ 
misuse of data in the Group, including segmented networks 
to protect client data and third party services used to detect 
potential breaches of employee information.

The Board and executive continue to monitor laws and 
regulations that surround the use and management of data.

How the business and 
strategic risks have changed

Although the volatility 
of the currency markets 
increased in 2020 (with 
the effect of COVID-19, US 
presidential election and 
Brexit negotiations), we 
have maintained our policy 
of quarterly hedging of our 
currency cash flows.

We have enhanced our 
corporate team during 2020 
with new Tax, Treasury 
and Legal departments 
established. This has 
allowed us to enhance 
our existing internal 
controls and introduce new 
processes to mitigate risk.

No data adequacy decision 
was made as part of the 
Brexit deal and a four- 
month transition period 
was agreed. We continue 
to follow the guidelines of 
GDPR and will adapt our 
approach were necessary.

23

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Principal and Emerging Risks and UncertaintiesStrategic ReportOperational risks (continued):

Risk Description

Potential Impact

Mitigation

IT, Cyber and 
Systems Failure

Regulatory 
Compliance

Significant 
operational or 
client disruption 
caused by a major 
IT disaster or  
cyber attack.

There is a risk 
of financial 
loss through 
successful 
phishing or 
whaling attacks 
or other cyber 
infiltration.

IT, Cyber and systems failures continue to be a major area 
of focus for the Group. Key mitigations and controls for the 
Group:
•  business continuity plans have been implemented across 
the Group, including disaster recovery programmes, and 
plans to minimise business disruption

•  product and sales infrastructure hosted by external third 

• 

• 

parties with adequate security protocols
IT Infrastructure is managed by third party providers with 
24-hour management and monitoring with back-up and 
disaster protocols
the Group regularly reviews its cyber security and 
website security protocols, and has undergone a review 
from an external third party

•  external consultancy engaged to help with design 
and implementation of IT security, protections and 
outsourced CISO (Chief Information Security Officer) 
service.

The Group may 
be subject to 
regulations 
restricting its 
activities or 
effecting changes 
in taxation.

The majority of the Group’s operations are based in the 
United Kingdom, United States of America and India. 
Appropriate advisers are employed in all geographies to 
ensure the Group remains compliant with local laws and 
regulations. The Group has policies in place for anti-money 
laundering, anti-bribery, whistleblowing and data protection 
and privacy that have been distributed amongst staff and are 
available on the Group’s intranet.

How the business and 
strategic risks have changed

During 2020 we invested 
significant capital funds to 
enhance our IT hardware 
and cyber protection around 
the Group. 

While this does not reduce 
the chances of an attack, 
it reduces the risk of the 
attack being successful and 
our ability to defend and 
react to any attack. 

There has been no change 
in risk level, and the Group 
continues to operate its 
employee education for 
anti-money laundering, 
anti-bribery policy and data 
protection and privacy. 

Refresher information was 
sent to employees in Q4 and 
a programmatic approach to 
training will be taken in 2021 
and beyond.

24

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Principal and Emerging Risks and UncertaintiesStrategic Report“We benefit from long-term 
trends that are driving growing 
demand for our products 
from organisations of all sizes 
and types worldwide using 
data, insights, and analytics 
to maintain their competitive 
advantage in an increasingly 
complex, dynamic and 
unpredictable world.”

Mike Danson, Chief Executive Officer

25

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Strategic ReportThe  Board  acknowledges  its  responsibility  under  section  172(1)  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  below  sets  out  the  key  processes  and 
considerations that demonstrate how the Directors promote the success of the Company. The below statement sets out the requirements of 
the Act, section 172(1), and explains how the Directors discharge their duties.

As  noted  in  the  Corporate  Governance  Report  (pages  34  to  39),  the  Board  meet  monthly  with  papers  circulated  in  advance  to  allow  the 
Directors to fully understand the performance and position of the Group, alongside matters arising for decision. Each decision that is made by 
the Directors is supported by papers, which analyse the possible outcomes, so a decision can be made that best promotes the success of the 
Company and considers the impact on the wider stakeholder group. 

The Group has identified its stakeholder group and analysed each stakeholder based upon their level of interest in GlobalData and their level 
of power/influence on the Group. The Directors review this analysis and monitor the levels of engagement with each stakeholder and build in 
feedback and stakeholder considerations into the governance and decision-making process.

Factors (a) to (f) below are all taken into account during the decision-making process. 

(a) The likely consequences of any decision in the long term
Supporting each decision, the Board are given access to management papers, which set out the potential outcome of decisions. The papers 
include diligence on the financial impact via forecasts, as well as non-financial factors and how the decision fits with the strategy of the Group. 

A good example of this in action is when potential acquisitions are considered. The Directors and Executive Management team will look at 
financial forecasts,  due  diligence  reports  on the  product,  strategic fit  and  meetings with  key  personnel to  understand the  cultural fit  and 
the implementation of the 100-day plan for integration. This insight will be collectively reviewed to ensure that the long-term impact of the 
acquisition is positive not only for the Group, but also for our clients (enhancing our capability and offering), our employees and shareholders.  

The Group has a five-year plan, which is a financial plan supported by a Growth Optimisation Plan and has a number of KPIs linked to stakeholders. 
KPIs such as renewal rates give us insight into customer satisfaction and KPIs such as invoiced forward revenue, revenue and earnings growth 
are key for our shareholders, banks and our employees. This plan is reviewed regularly to benchmark our performance. Strategy is reviewed in 
detail each year, at the Board Away Day, and this strategic thinking is intrinsic to future decision-making. 

(b) The interests of the Company’s employees 
The Directors actively consider the interests of employees in major decisions. People is a regular agenda item at Board meetings, where attrition 
rates, reasons for leaving and employee satisfaction are discussed. Our commitment to our People remains paramount as we recognise that 
the motivation, creativity and engagement of our People is critical to the Group’s success. We aim to be an employer of choice and one where 
our People feel respected, rewarded and engaged. Our success and future success depends on GlobalData being able to attract and retain 
the right talent and we operate a “VOICES” network, which is an employee group working together to drive positive change for GlobalData. As 
disclosed on page 34, during 2020, the Group was not in compliance with provision 5 of the Corporate Governance Code; however, this is being 
addressed in 2021. 

2020 has been a challenging year for us all, and GlobalData has adapted well to the ever-changing circumstances of the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Our top priority throughout the year has been ensuring the safety and well-being of our employees, while keeping our business running as 
smoothly as possible. We worked hard to ensure that all of our global employees were set up to work from home in time with local government 
guidance  in  each  country.  However, for those who felt they were  unable to  do  so  effectively  or  preferred  being  in  a focused  environment 
away from distractions, we were able to keep some of our larger offices open and functional (in a COVID-secure compliant way) to provide an 
alternative in the interests of employee well-being.

We  conducted  a  pulse  survey to  gain valuable feedback  on  how well  staff felt they  had  adapted to  remote working.  In  addition to  gathering 
feedback on areas of improvement, the survey focused on productivity, communication with line managers and employee well-being. The overall 
response was very positive, with 90% of employees surveyed stating they felt they had transitioned to remote working well. In response, we;

• 

• 
• 

introduced fortnightly CEO briefing sessions, to keep employees engaged and informed on key global developments around 
COVID-19 and group strategy;
conducted employee surveys to ensure we were kept focus on well-being; 
launched a number of well-being and charity initiatives, which sought to drive engagement and bring people together remotely; 
and

•  made resources on managing physical and mental health accessible to employees globally.

26

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Section 172(1) StatementStrategic ReportThere were some concerns raised from the survey, particularly around how we communicate with our colleagues. In response, we introduced 
fortnightly CEO briefing sessions and covered areas around job security and GlobalData’s response to COVID-19. These sessions were designed 
to keep employees engaged and informed on key global developments, company strategy and product launches.

We also launched a number of well-being and charity initiatives, which sought to drive engagement and bring people together remotely. These 
included bi-weekly fitness and yoga classes run by a qualified trainer, virtual Zoom quizzes, and globally accessible resources on managing 
physical and mental health during lockdown.

The Group benefits from the diversity and variety of its workforce and is fully committed to maintaining and encouraging diversity, including 
the composition of the Board. The Board is currently made up of 6 male Directors and 1 female.

The Executive Management Committee had 8 male employees and 2 female employees serve during the year and is a truly global committee, 
which represents the diverse nature of our Group. The Committee is made up of 6 members from the UK, 2 members from India, 1 from the US 
and 1 from Australia.  

At GlobalData we encourage our people to be actively involved in our strategy, product, and ongoing corporate development, which has been 
enhanced through the CEO briefings during 2020. This has enabled the Group to maintain a level of agility and the ability to plan, design and 
launch product enhancements in relatively short time frames.

(c) The need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others
The  Directors  have  identified the  stakeholders  of the  Group  and  review  regularly to  ensure  adequate  communication  and  engagement  is 
ongoing with each group. The review of the stakeholder map, which maps the influence and interest of our stakeholders, is used as a guide 
when decisions need to be made and reviewed at least annually. The key initiatives and developments for each stakeholder group during the 
year are summarised below:

Our People
•  We introduced fortnightly CEO briefing sessions. 
•  We conducted employee surveys and acted on insights focusing on well-being and made resources on managing physical and 

mental health accessible to employees globally.

Shareholders
•  We expanded our broker and analyst coverage in response to investor feedback of limited research and coverage of our results 

and prospects available.

•  We increased the number of investor meetings throughout the year.  

Clients 
• 

The Group is firmly focused on operating as a customer-centric organisation and this is harboured through quality account 
management, customer service processes and review of customer feedback and renewal rates. Page 14, within the Chief 
Executive’s Report, discusses how the Group and its Board address the customer-centric priority, and page 22 notes the 
controls that we have in place to ensure we maintain strong relationships and partnerships with our clients. 
Our standard payment terms are zero days ahead of the contract start and we monitor the average debtor days, which were  
60 days at the end of 2020 (2019: 59).
During the year we completed an initiative to understand our clients better, focusing on different client personas that use and 
interact with our products. Following this initiative, we received good intelligence and feedback, which we are building into our 
customer service plans for 2021. 
Continued focus on product quality, innovation and giving our clients timely insights in an ever-evolving world.

• 

• 

• 

Banks
• 

During the year we refinanced our debt with an amendment and restatement of existing facilities. This increased our total 
facilities to £145.5m, plus a further uncommitted accordion facility of £75m. This demonstrates the strong relationships we have 
with our banking group.

•  We meet with each of the banks (NatWest Group, HSBC and Bank of Ireland) at least annually and present financial information 

to them through monthly management information packs.

Auditors
•  We appointed Deloitte LLP as auditors for 2020 following a decision to rotate audit firms in line with best practice. We have gone 
through an extensive first year audit process to enable Deloitte to fully understand our business, its processes, people and 
controls.

27

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Section 172(1) StatementStrategic ReportDirectors’ Section 172(1) Statement 

Suppliers
•  Whilst the majority of our cost base is people, we maintain strong working relationships with our suppliers and continually 

monitor supplier payment days. For key suppliers we perform diligence around their working practices and ethics as well as their 
financial stability and viability. 

•  We have enhanced the technologies we use in our operations significantly during the year, and as such have forged strong 

relationships with these providers. This has been particularly important as we try and embed and link our technologies together 
for operating efficiencies.

(d) The impact of the Company’s operations on the community and environment
The  Group takes  its  responsibility within the  community  and wider  environment  seriously  and  acknowledges that  more  can  be  done.  Our 
Environmental, Social and Governance report on pages 40 to 43 sets out the key themes that are considered by the Board. 

For the year ended 31 December 2020, we have reported energy intensity metrics for our UK companies on pages 40 to 41.  The Company has 
a relatively low carbon footprint because of the nature of its operations but acknowledges improvements can always be made. As a result of 
the pandemic, 2020 is a difficult baseline to judge energy performance. However, it has shown that real opportunities exist within the Group 
to change the way we operate, and importantly in a way that has a positive impact on the environment. The Group is therefore committed 
to considering its impact on the environment when making strategic decisions on its office space and travel polices for its employees. The 
Group will look to reduce energy consumption through more flexible working arrangements and further utilisation of technology in its working 
practices (such as video conferencing). The Directors will continue to monitor the Group’s energy consumption through 2021 and will begin to 
set targets in energy reduction and efficiencies, but until then will look to reduce its energy consumption at every opportunity. 

GlobalData is a global company and has based itself in strategic locations for the long term. Within each community in which we operate, we 
try to engage with local issues and, in particular, look to make positive contributions to those communities. 

Together,  with  our  colleagues,  we  were  able  to  raise  over  £190,000  for  numerous  food  banks  and  our  charity  partners  around  the  globe, 
including  in  San  Francisco,  CA,  Boston  MA, Australia,  India, Africa  and  here  in the  UK.  In  light  of  challenges  around well-being, the  Group 
also formed  a  new  partnership with  UK  charity  CALM  (Campaign Against  Living  Miserably). This  mental  health  charity  gave  us  a fantastic 
opportunity to combine our well-being initiatives with fundraising.

(e) The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct
The Directors and the Company are committed to high standards of business conduct and governance. The Group has fully adopted the UK 
Corporate Governance Code despite there being options for more reduced codes for companies on AIM.  

During the year, the Directors established a subcommittee of the Audit Committee to review Related Party Transactions. The subcommittee is 
made up of independent Directors and meets to consider any transactions and agreements with related parties to ensure that all shareholder 
and  stakeholder  interests  are  taken  into  account  and  that  the  highest  standards  of  governance  are  upheld.  Related  party  balances  are 
disclosed in note 28.

Where there is a need to seek advice on particular issues, the Board will seek advice from its lawyers and Nominated Adviser (“NOMAD”) to 
ensure the consideration of business conduct, and its reputation is maintained. During the year we appointed JP Morgan as our NOMAD and 
broker, as well appointing HSBC and Panmure Gordon as joint brokers. Together with the appointment of Deloitte LLP, we believe we have 
world-class advisers who will be trusted advisers along our growth journey.

(f) The need to act fairly between members of the Company
The Directors regularly meet with investors and give equal access to all investors and potential investors. Through its advisers, the Directors 
seek and obtain feedback from meeting with the investors and incorporate feedback into its decision-making processes.

The Group has a stated dividend policy, whereby the growth of each dividend payment will primarily be matched to the corresponding growth 
in Adjusted EBITDA (pre-lease accounting) for the relevant period. Adjusted EBITDA is judged to be an appropriate driver as it aligns the day- 
to-day operations and cash flow of the company and is a metric widely used by our sector to evaluate company performance. The use of 
Adjusted EBITDA therefore aligns the operational decision-making of the Directors and the Executive Management Committee to the objective 
of maximising return for shareholders. 

The Directors also take into account other profitability and balance sheet metrics, including statutory measures when considering proposed 
dividends, as well as ensuring the Company has sufficient distributable reserves, cash and covenant headroom to make the dividend.

28

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Strategic ReportThe Group operates share incentive plans for its employees. The Group uses free cash flow to buy back shares, via its Employee Benefit Trust, 
to limit the dilutive effect this has on existing shareholders. Each year the company proposes an ordinary resolution at its AGM to grant it 
authority to buy back up to 10% of its shareholding each year, but will make decisions on share buy back in reference to its cash flow and 
distributable reserves position. As at 31 December 2020, there were 9.9 million share options outstanding and the company had 2.1 million 
shares in treasury against these options.

As  explained  in  note  3 to the  Company financial  statements, following the year  end, the  Directors  became  aware that the  Company  had 
made unlawful distributions in 2018, 2019 and 2020 on account of the fact that it had incorrectly included reserves arising from share based 
payments, relating to employees of subsidiaries, as distributable and had not filed interim accounts in accordance with section 838 of the 
Companies Act 2006 to demonstrate sufficient reserves were available for distribution. Therefore, during the period from May 2018 through to 
January 2021, contributions made to the Employee Benefit Trust, in order to buy back shares to satisfy the employee share options plan, and 
distributions by way of dividends were unlawful distributions in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006.  

In order to correct the position, the Company will file interim accounts with Companies House in advance of the Annual General Meeting to 
demonstrate it has sufficient reserves. At the Company’s Annual General Meeting, on 20 April 2021, the Company shall propose a resolution to 
remove any right the Company may have to claim from Directors and Shareholders in respect of the relevant contributions and distributions. 
The payments deemed to be unlawful during this period were £7.1m in 2018, £18.3m in 2019, £34.8m in 2020 and £0.3m in January 2021. 
Upstream  dividends  will  be  paid  in  advance  of  the  interim  accounts  to  create  additional  distributable  reserves  in  the  Company  and  the 
resolutions, if passed, will regularise the matter.

29

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Section 172(1) StatementStrategic Report 
Going concern
The Group has closing cash of £17.7m as at 31 December 2020 and net debt of £58.1m (31 December 2019: net debt of £55.3m), being cash 
and cash equivalents less short and long-term borrowings, excluding lease liabilities. The Group has outstanding loans of £75.8m which 
are syndicated with NatWest Group, HSBC and Bank of Ireland. The Group has a further facility to draw upon of £65m RCF plus a further 
uncommitted  accordion  facility  of  £75m.  The  Group’s  current  banking  facilities  are  in  place  until  April  2023.  The  Group  has  generated 
£59.8m in cash from operations during 2020.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that there are no material uncertainties that cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date 
of announcement of the Financial Statements. The Directors recognise that the COVID-19 pandemic does create risks and uncertainties 
(as discussed within the Strategic Report), and in response to this have modelled a number of scenarios to consider the potential impact 
of COVID-19 on the Group’s results, cash flow and loan covenant forecast. Key assumptions built into the scenarios focus on new business 
growth rates, events revenue and directly attributable cost savings. There remains headroom on the covenants under each scenario. In 
addition to  performing  scenario  planning, the  Directors  have  also  conducted  stress testing  of the  business’s forecasts  and, taking  into 
account  reasonable  downside  sensitivities  (acknowledging  that  such  risks  and  uncertainties  exist),  the  Directors  are  satisfied  that  the 
business is expected to operate within its facilities. 

Through  our  normal  business  practices we  are  in  regular  communication with  our  lenders  and  are  satisfied they will  be  in  a  position to 
continue supporting us for the foreseeable future. 

The  Directors  therefore  consider  the  strong  balance  sheet,  with  good  cash  reserves  and  working  capital  along  with  group  financing 
arrangements, provide ample liquidity. Accordingly, the Directors have prepared the Financial Statements on a going concern basis.

Long Term Viability
The  Directors  have  formally  assessed  the  viability  of  the  Group  to  December  2025  as  part  of  the  five-year  plan,  taking  account  of  the 
Group’s current position, its cash flows and the potential impact of the principal risks as outlined on pages 20 to 25 of this Annual Report. 
The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over 
the period of their assessment. The Board considers this period as an appropriate review period as it offers a medium term view and gives 
actions and strategy sufficient time to review against.

The five-year  plan  has  been  built  on the  basis that the  Group  continues to  achieve  consistent  revenue  growth. The  2021  budget  is the 
basis for the plan, which includes the current anticipated impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s results. Our cost base is relatively fixed and 
predictable and as such we have assumed modest cost growth. The cash flow assumptions follow our business model of our clients being 
invoiced  in  advance  of  the  subscription  start  date  and  suppliers  and  employees  are  paid  within  30  days  and  at  the  end  of  the  month 
respectively.  

The five-year plan has been subject to stress testing, the results of which show significant headroom in cash and facility terms. The Group 
also has strong headroom in relation to the financial covenants in place and no breach is forecast.

The  Group’s  prospects  are  assessed  primarily  through  the  annual  budgeting  process.  Detailed  plans  are  prepared  by  the  Executive 
Management Committee and are presented to the Board at the Annual Away Day, which allows a deep dive into various areas of the business 
and gives opportunity for input and scrutiny by the Board which ensures alignment with the overall Group strategy. Progress against plan 
is presented to the Board throughout the year, commenting on performance and any newly identified risks. The individual plans are then 
consolidated into an overall Group plan.

As noted on page 7 of the Annual Report, our business model has strong fundamental attributes; significant recurring and visible revenue 
streams, strong incremental margins, robust working capital and operational cash flow and scalable opportunity.  

The  Board  feels  that  the  Group’s  four  strategic  priorities  give  the  appropriate  focus  to  protect  the  business  from  risks,  threats  and 
uncertainties as well as providing the agility to pursue opportunities as they arise and to capitalise on the business model attributes. The 
focus on being client-centric, developing world-class products, sales excellence and operational agility are the correct focuses aligned with 
the Group’s Mission and Vision.

Excluding COVID-19, the Board believes internal execution to be the single greatest risk against its five-year plan. The Group recognises the 
key mitigations to protect the Group from this as set out in its principal risks on page 21.

30

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Going Concern and ViabilityStrategic ReportThe Group has a committed facility of £145.5m (plus a further £75m uncommitted accordion facility) with NatWest Group, HSBC and Bank 
of Ireland. The current drawdown on the facilities is £76.7m as at 31 December 2020. The Group’s banking facilities are in place until April 
2023, at which point the group will be required to renew or extend its financing arrangements. The directors expect this to be possible given 
their experience of accessing finance and the resilience of the business model. On the basis that refinancing is possible on similar terms to 
the existing facilities, the Board have reviewed forecast cash flows until 2025 which demonstrate the ability to trade with headroom on its 
facilities and to meet ongoing repayments of the term loan. 

The  Board  are  satisfied  that  the  current  financial  position  of  the  Group,  its  significant  visibility  on  revenues  and  other  business  model 
fundamentals  provides  a  stable  platform  for  the  Group  to  pursue  its  mission  and vision  for  the  Group. The  Board  are  confident  that  in 
pursuing the four stated strategic priorities, this will protect business interests against threats and allow the Group to pursue opportunities 
that will drive growth.

Mike Danson
Chief Executive, approving the Strategic Report on behalf of the Board
13 March 2021

31

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Going Concern and ViabilityStrategic ReportDirectors’ Report

The Directors

Bernard Cragg 
Chairman

Mike Danson 
Chief Executive

Graham Lilley 
Chief Financial Officer 

Mike Danson founded 
Datamonitor Plc, an online 
information company, in 
1990. In 2000, Datamonitor 
completed its flotation on the 
London Stock Exchange and 
was sold to Informa Plc for  
£502m in 2007. GlobalData 
acquired the Datamonitor 
Financial, Datamonitor 
Consumer, MarketLine and 
Verdict businesses from 
Informa Plc in 2015.

Bernard Cragg is 
Chairman of GlobalData 
Plc. Bernard qualified with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
as a Chartered Accountant 
before joining Carlton 
Communications, becoming 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Finance Director. Bernard was 
the Chairman of Datamonitor 
Plc and during his time there 
he was an integral part of the 
executive team that oversaw 
the rapid growth of the 
business and its eventual 
successful sale to Informa 
Plc in 2007.

Graham joined the Group in 
2011 and progressed through to 
Group Finance Director before 
becoming Chief Financial 
Officer in January 2018. 
Graham started his career 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers, 
where he qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant 
and subsequently joined 
Datamonitor when it was part 
of Informa Group. Graham’s 
involvement and experience in 
data subscription businesses 
provides a valuable view on 
financial performance and 
understanding of the  
business model. 

32

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Report

The Directors

Murray Legg 
Non-Executive Director 

Peter Harkness 
Non-Executive Director 

Annette Barnes 
Non-Executive Director 

Andrew Day 
Non-Executive Director 

Murray Legg is a Chartered 
Accountant with over 35 
years of audit and advisory 
experience gained with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
in the UK, where he held a 
variety of senior management, 
governance and client roles. 
As a partner he spent 24 years 
auditing and advising major UK 
companies whose operations 
covered a broad range of 
industry sectors. Murray is 
currently also a Non-Executive 
Director of Sutton and East 
Surrey Water Plc.

Peter Harkness has more 
than 35 years’ experience 
as a Director or Chairman of 
several successful businesses, 
predominantly in the media 
sector. In addition to leading a 
number of private equity deals, 
Peter has also spent a total of 
19 years as a Non-Executive 
Director of five quoted 
companies, including Walker 
Greenbank Plc and Chrysalis 
VCT Plc, and has twice been 
a Plc Chairman. Peter was a 
Non-Executive Director of 
Datamonitor until its sale to 
Informa Plc and was chairman 
of the Butler Group until its 
sale to Datamonitor. Peter has 
also undertaken Board roles 
in the Third Sector. Peter’s 
experience and understanding 
of the media and information 
subscription sector is an 
excellent asset for the 
GlobalData Board, particularly 
how we sell and the selling 
process.

Annette joined the Board in 
February 2017. In her Executive 
career, Annette was most 
recently Managing Director 
of Wealth & Mass Affluent for 
Lloyds Banking Group and 
CEO of Lloyds Bank Private 
Banking Ltd. Prior to that, 
Annette was Managing Director 
of Bank of Scotland (Retail). 
Annette has over 30 years of 
Financial Services experience, 
working for Lloyds Banking 
Group, Bank of America, MBNA 
Europe Bank Limited and NWS 
Bank Ltd. Annette is also a 
Non-Executive Director of 
Old Mutual Wealth Limited, 
Old Mutual Wealth Life & 
Pensions Limited and Leeds 
Building Society. Annette’s 
prior experience has given her 
an excellent understanding of 
Technology, product channels 
to meet customer needs, 
Operational Management 
and Risk Management.

Andrew David Day is currently 
employed as Group Chief Data 
Officer for Pepper Financial 
Services Group, where he is 
responsible for driving the 
adoption of data, analytics 
and machine learning across 
the group businesses to drive 
positive commercial and 
customer outcomes. Prior to 
joining Pepper, Andrew was 
Group Chief Data Officer at 
J Sainsbury Plc, Business 
Intelligence Director at News 
UK and General Manager 
of Business Intelligence at 
Telefónica.  With over 25 years’ 
experience of commercially 
orientated data and analytics 
experience, Andrew has a 
successful track record for 
implementing transformational 
data-driven change across a 
number of industry sectors.

33

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020The Board has set out its responsibility for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts on page 50. The Board consider the Annual Report 
and the Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance and throughout the year has adopted all requirements of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code that are applicable to it as a ‘smaller company’ (defined in the UK Corporate Governance Code as being a 
company below the FTSE 350) except for the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

As a result of the Chairman’s time served as a Director, and his participation in the employee share option scheme (with vesting targets 
based on time rather than Company performance) along with the Senior Independent Director’s time served with the Company, they 
are not considered to be independent under provisions 9, 10 and 19 of the Code. The reason for these deviations from the Code is 
discussed further on page 35. 
During 2020 the Company did not engage with the workforce using a method prescribed by the Code. The Company is therefore in 
non-compliance of provision 5 of the Code; see below for details on how this will be addressed in 2021. 
The Company does not have a policy in respect of post-employment shareholding requirements and as a result does not comply with 
provision 36 of the Code. 
In non-compliance with provisions 40 and 41 of the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Remuneration Committee has not engaged 
with employees and shareholders when setting remuneration; the reason for these deviations from the Code is discussed further on 
page 38. 

The  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  is  publicly  available  at:  www.frc.org.uk/directors/corporate-governance-and-stewardship/uk-
corporate-governance-code

Details of GlobalData’s corporate governance practices are publicly available on its website www.globaldata.com.

Responsibility for governance matters lies with the Board, which is accountable to shareholders and wider stakeholders for the activities 
of the Group.  

Board Leadership and Company Purpose
The Group is led by the Board. The Executive Directors meet regularly with Investors to discuss the performance and governance of the 
Group and any feedback is communicated and distributed to the wider Board. The Chair of the Remuneration and Audit Committees make 
themselves available to discuss with Investors annually at the Annual General Meeting.

The  Board  assess the  basis  on which the  Company  generates  and  preserves value  over the  long term  and  have  prepared  a  Long Term 
Viability  Statement  on  page  30, which  considers the five-year  plan. The  Board  considers the  opportunities  and threats to the  business 
model and assessment is made on how the Group’s strategy is aligned to addressing the Group’s mission and protecting the sustainability 
of the business. The regular challenge and governance provided by the Board keeps the Executive Management Committee and the entire 
organisation united in achieving the Group goals.

The  Board  have  recognised within the  Long Term Viability  Statement that  culture  is  an  important  aspect  of  its four  strategic  priorities, 
which ultimately drives the Group towards its mission. The Group is a diverse, global business but we aim to have a common tone across the 
organisation. We promote agility, innovation, hard work and ethical behaviours underpinned by our framework of ethical codes. We invest in 
our employees’ training and development with clear progression and career plans that allow our colleagues to flourish. We deliver consistent 
training, communication and policy across the Group and within different work groups. We recognise that it is advantageous to promote 
differing cultures within different functions of the organisation, which all contribute to the overall culture of the business: for example, we 
have implemented a reward structure within our sales teams, which is consistent across the globe and is aimed to get the best out of sales 
teams, but the reward structures elsewhere in the business differ dependent on performance metrics. 

The  Company  operates  a  “VOICES”  network, which  is  an  employee  group working together to  drive  positive  change for  GlobalData.  We 
encourage  our  employees  to  share  their  feedback  and  ideas  on  the  issues  that  matter  to  them  and  their  colleagues. This  group  is  the 
platform to gather and discuss feedback, suggest ideas for improvement, and help to implement them. The results of the initiatives led 
by VOICES are published to colleagues on the internal intranet. Our colleagues can also raise concerns in confidence and anonymously 
via our whistleblowing hotline, which is monitored by the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director. Moving into 2021, in order to align 
with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (to date the Group has not been in compliance with provision 5), the Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee will become the designated Non-Executive Director for employees and will look to forge closer relationships 
between the  Board  and the workforce. This  role will  include  being  involved with the VOICES  network  and  reviewing feedback from the 
whistleblowing hotline, which will be a useful insight into employee matters. Because of this revision to the role of Remuneration Chair and 
its links to employees, the Board do not believe that workforce representation on the Board is required.

34

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Corporate Governance ReportDirectors’ ReportThe Group operates an intranet, which every employee has access to. On the intranet, the employees have access to policies and procedures, 
and it is also used to communicate Company events, activities and regular corporate updates from the CEO. 

The Directors have set out its wider stakeholder analysis in the Directors’ Section 172(1) Statement. The Board views renewal rates and 
payment statistics for a high-level view on the health of client and supplier engagement, but also has deep dives into engagement through 
discussion with commercial managers.

Division of Responsibilities
The Board is made up of two Executive Directors and five Non-Executive Directors. The Executive Directors who have served during the 
year are Mike Danson and Graham Lilley.

The Chairman is responsible for the running of the Board and together with the Board members, approving the strategy of the Group. The 
Chief Executive is responsible for developing the Group’s strategy and operational management of the business. 

Our Non-Executive team comprises the Chair Bernard Cragg, Peter Harkness, the Senior Independent Director, Annette Barnes, Andrew 
Day and Murray Legg. 

The Board acknowledge that because of Bernard’s time served as a Director, and his participation in the employee share option scheme 
(with vesting targets based on time rather than Company performance), along with Peter’s time served with the company, they are not 
considered to be independent under the Code. The Group is therefore in non-compliance of provisions 9, 10 and 19. The Board and the 
Nominations Committee have specifically considered Bernard’s and Peter’s independence and are of the opinion that length of service is 
only one measure by which independence is assessed, and having evaluated the contribution of both Directors during the year, consider 
that they have demonstrated independence in practice. Furthermore, nor does it consider Bernard’s participation in the employee share 
scheme to influence the Chairman’s independence of character and judgement within the meaning of the Code, nor does it influence him 
or the Board in the proper discharge of their duties and the operation of the business of the Group. 

However, the Board is committed to ensuring compliance with the Code and upholding the best standards of governance. The Board is, 
therefore, actively addressing this matter to ensure future compliance with the Code. 

As announced in January 2021, Bernard will stand down in his role as Chairman and resign from the Board following the AGM on 20 April 
2021. He will be succeeded in the Chairman role by Murray Legg, who has been on the Board as an independent Non-Executive Director 
since 2016.

On  1  March  2021,  we  also  announced  the  plan  to  appoint  Catherine  Birkett  as  an  independent  Non-Executive  to  the  Board,  effective  
13 March 2021. Catherine is currently the Chief Financial Officer of GoCardless Limited, a high growth fintech business. Prior to that, Catherine 
has had a distinguished career in senior finance roles, including 14 years as Chief Financial Officer at Interoute Telecommunications Limited, 
during which time the company grew from a small start-up to one of Europe’s fastest growing telecoms providers, with revenues in excess 
of €700m. Catherine will succeed Murray Legg as Chair of the Audit Committee following the AGM.

The Board will also look to add further independent directors in the coming months, with a focus on enhancing the skill set of the Board. 
In particular, we will be looking for candidates with backgrounds in financial markets, data and information services as well as experience 
within a high growth organisation.

The  Non-Executive  Directors’  shareholdings  are  detailed  in the  Directors’  Interests table  on  page  39  of the  report. As  noted  above, the 
Chairman is not considered independent and has a material shareholding. The Board has determined that the other Non-Executive Directors 
are independent and that their shareholding in the Company does not affect their independence. 

In 2020, the Board met 12 times during the year, and there is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the consideration of the Board. 
The Board is responsible to the shareholders for the proper management of the Group. The Board sets and monitors the Group strategy, 
reviewing  trading  performance,  ensuring  adequate  funding,  examining  development  possibilities  and  formulating  policy  on  key  issues. 
The Board is also responsible for monitoring the current and emerging risk and control environment, and has set out its approach to risk 
on pages 20 to 25. The board confirms that it has completed a robust assessment of the Group’s emerging and principal risks during the 
year. The Non-Executive Directors have the opportunity to meet without the Executive Directors in order to discuss the performance of the 
Board, its committees and individual Directors. 

35

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Corporate Governance ReportDirectors’ Report                
All members of the Board have access to the Company Secretary, who is responsible for advising the Board on all governance matters. 
Procedures are in place for the Directors in the furtherance of their duties to take independent professional advice, if necessary, at the 
Company’s  expense.  The  Company  Secretary  ensures  that  the  Board  and  its  committees  are  supplied  with  papers  to  enable  them  to 
consider matters in good time for meetings and to enable them to discharge their duties. Responsibility for the appointment and removal of 
the Company Secretary is held by the Board as a whole. 

Composition, Succession and Evaluation
The Nomination Committee was established to lead the process for appointments and manage succession plans for its executives. The 
committee is comprised of one Executive Director, five Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman, with the casting vote going to 
Murray Legg, the Non-Executive Chair of the Nominations Committee. The role of Non-Executive Nomination Committee Chair was passed 
from  Peter  Harkness  to  Murray  Legg  in  September  2020.  The  Board  is  committed  to  ensuring  that  the  Nomination  Committee  always 
consists of a majority of Non-Executive Directors. Where the Nominations Committee uses an external search agency to appoint a member 
of the Board, it is disclosed in the Annual Report. No new appointments were made during the year; however, the Company has announced 
the appointment of Catherine Birkett in March 2021. An independent external search agency was engaged to assist with the appointment 
and it is currently assisting with the appointment of 2 new Non-Executive Directors.  When making new appointments, the Board takes into 
consideration other demands on Directors’ time and external appointments by any members of the Board require prior approval to confirm 
no conflicts of interest or significant demands on time.

The Group benefits from the diversity and variety of its workforce and is fully committed to maintaining and encouraging diversity, including 
the composition of the Board. The Board is currently made up of 6 male Directors and 1 female and the Executive Management Committee 
had 8 male employees and 2 female employees serve during the year.

All Directors are required to stand for re-election every year. The terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors are 
available for inspection at our registered office.

The Board conducts an annual evaluation process, which involves the performance appraisal of both the Executive and Non-Executive 
members of the Board. The review is undertaken by all Directors via an online survey on the overall performance of the Board during the 
year, which is fed back and debated, which then drives the actions and objectives of the Board.

Individual Directors are appraised by virtue of their role within the Board, whereby the Chairman appraises the Chief Executive and the Non-
Executive Directors, the Chief Executive appraises the Chief Financial Officer and the entire Board appraise the Chairman, which is delivered 
by the Senior Non-Executive Director.

As GlobalData is a ‘smaller company’ (defined in the UK Corporate Governance Code as being a company below the FTSE 350) the Board 
has decided that the internal evaluation of Board performance conducted in the year is sufficient and that external facilitation of the review 
is not necessary in this financial period.

Audit, Risk and Internal Control
The Board has established Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees with mandates to deal with specific aspects of its business. 
The table  below  details the  membership  and  attendance  of  individual  Directors  at  Board  and  committee  meetings  held  during the year 
ended 31 December 2020.

Board meetings during the year:

Number of meetings

Bernard Cragg 

Mike Danson 

Graham Lilley  

Murray Legg

Peter Harkness 

Annette Barnes

Andrew Day

36

Board

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

12

12

12

12

12

11

12

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

4

3

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

4

4

4

1

1

N/A

1

1

1

1

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Corporate Governance ReportDirectors’ ReportThe  Audit  Committee  is  comprised  of  the  Chairman  Murray  Legg,  Peter  Harkness,  Annette  Barnes  and  Andrew  Day.  Murray  Legg  is  a 
Chartered Accountant with recent and relevant financial experience. 

The Audit Committee met four times in the year with the external auditors in attendance. 

The Audit Committee is responsible for:

•  monitoring the integrity of the Financial Statements and any formal announcements relating to the company’s financial performance, 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

and reviewing significant financial reporting judgements contained in them
providing advice on whether the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the company’s position and performance, business model and strategy
viewing the company’s internal financial controls and internal control and risk management systems
considering annually whether there is a need for an internal audit function and reporting its view and findings to the Board
conducting the tender process and making recommendations to the Board about the appointment, reappointment and removal of the 
external auditor, and approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of the external auditor
reviewing and monitoring the external auditor’s independence and objectivity
reviewing the effectiveness of the external audit process, taking into consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements
developing and implementing policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services, ensuring there is prior 
approval of non-audit services, considering the impact this may have on independence, taking into account the relevant regulations 
and ethical guidance in this regard, and reporting to the Board on any improvement or action required.

The Audit Committee discharges its responsibilities through receiving reports from management and advisers, working closely with the 
auditors, carrying out and reviewing risk assessments and taking counsel where appropriate in areas when required to make a judgement.

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group’s  system  of  internal  controls  and  for  monitoring  its  effectiveness.  Such  a  system  is 
designed to manage rather than eliminate risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance  against  material  misstatement  or  loss.  The  internal  controls  are  considered  within  the  Principal  and  Emerging  Risks  and 
Uncertainties section of the Strategic Report on pages 20 to 25.

The Directors review the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls. This review extends to all controls including financial, 
operational, compliance and risk management. Formal risk review is a regular Board agenda item.

The key controls in place have been reviewed by the Board and comprise the following:

• 

the  preparation  of  comprehensive  annual  budgets  and  business  plans  integrating  both  financial  and  operational  performance 
objectives, with an assessment of the associated business and financial risks. The overall Group budget and business plan is subject 
to approval by the Board

•  weekly sales reports are produced and reviewed by management
•  monthly management accounts are prepared and reviewed by the Board. This includes reporting against key performance indicators 

and exception reporting
an organisational structure with formally defined lines of responsibility. Authorisation limits have been set throughout the Group 
the monthly preparation and review of balance sheet control account reconciliations.

• 
• 

The  Board,  in  conjunction  with  the  Audit  Committee,  reviewed  the  2020  Annual  Report  and  Financial  Statements  to  ensure  that  they 
provide a fair, balanced and understandable reflection of the Group, its performance, position and future prospects.

Remuneration 
The Remuneration Committee comprises the Chairman Peter Harkness, Murray Legg, Annette Barnes and Andrew Day. The Remuneration 
Committee is responsible for determining the service contract terms, remuneration and other benefits of the Executive Directors, details of 
which are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 47 to 49. The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee are available for 
inspection on request.

As noted on page 35, Peter is not independent under the rules of the Code. Whilst the Board do not consider Peter’s tenure to impair his 
independence or objectivity, it does acknowledge compliance with the code as a priority. Peter is continuing as a Non-Executive director, 
but will stand down as the Chair of the Remuneration Committee as of 13 March 2021 and will be replaced in this role by Annette Barnes.

37

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Corporate Governance ReportDirectors’ Report 
As  part  of Annette’s  new  role  as  Remuneration  Committee  Chair,  she  will  also  undertake  the  role  of  designated  Non-Executive  for  the 
workforce. The role will involve a close working relationship with the Group HR Director and the “VOICES” network. Engagement with the 
workforce will  span  a  range  of  items  including  culture,  remuneration  and well-being. The  Board  see  this  as  an  important  step  to  drive 
positive actions.

To  date,  in  non-compliance  with  provisions  40  and  41  of  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code,  the  Committee  has  not  engaged  with 
employees and shareholders when setting remuneration, because it is considered sufficient by the Committee to review benchmark reports 
when setting executive remuneration.

Related Party Transactions
During  2020,  the  Board  approved  the  creation  of  a  Related  Party  Transaction  (RPT)  Committee.  The  RPT  Committee  comprises  of  the 
Chairman Murray Legg, Peter Harkness, Annette Barnes and Andrew Day. The Committee met once during 2020, and also in January 2021. 
The Committee ensures that there are adequate controls in place to provide assurance that any transaction which is or may be a related 
party transaction in nature is conducted on terms which are arms length and reasonable. 

Going Concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through free cash flow. Based on cash flow projections, the Group considers 
the existing financing facilities to be adequate to meet short-term commitments. 

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that there are no material uncertainties that cast significant doubt about the Group’s ability to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date 
of approval of the Financial Statements. Accordingly, the Group has prepared the Annual Report and Accounts on a going concern basis.

Long Term Viability
The Directors have set out a Long Term Viability Statement on page 30 of the Strategic Report.

Shareholder Relationships
The Company operates a corporate website at www.globaldata.com where information is available to potential investors and shareholders. 

The  Board  uses  the  Annual  General  Meeting  to  communicate  with  shareholders  and  seek  their  participation.  The  Notice  of  the  Annual 
General Meeting will be circulated more than 21 clear days prior to the meeting. 

The Directors’ interests are disclosed on page 39, which includes the shareholding of Mike Danson who owns 76,828,349 shares, representing 
64.9% of the total share capital. There are no other individual shareholders owning more than 10% of the company’s issued share capital. 

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Company’s 
shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. 

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all its issued shares are fully paid. 

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the Companies Act 
2006 and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders. The powers of Directors 
are described in the Board Terms of Reference, copies of which are available on request. 

The Company has authority to purchase its own shares. The authority limits the maximum number of shares which can be purchased to 
approximately 10% of the Company’s current issued share capital. The authority is proposed each year as a resolution at the Company’s 
AGM for shareholders to vote on.

Employee Policies
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its employees and keeps them informed on matters affecting them as employees 
and on the factors affecting the performance of the Group. This is achieved through formal and informal meetings. Moving forward, Annette’s 
role as employee designated Non-Executive will help to increase engagement between the Board and the wider workforce.

The Group benefits from the diversity and variety of its workforce and is fully committed to maintaining and encouraging diversity. It is the 
Group’s policy to give full and fair consideration to the employment of disabled persons, the continuing employment of employees becoming 
disabled, and to the full development of the careers of disabled employees, having regard to their particular abilities.

38

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Corporate Governance ReportDirectors’ Report 
The Group does not discriminate on the grounds of gender, race, disability, sexuality, religion, philosophical belief, political belief, trade union 
membership or age as guided by the Equality Act 2010. 

At 31 December 2020, the Group employed the following number of employees of each gender:

Male

Female

2020

No.

2,014

1,458

3,472

2019

No.

2,000

1,355

3,355

Health and safety
It is the policy of the Group to conduct all business activities in a responsible manner, free from recognised hazards and to respect the 
environment, health and safety of our employees, customers, suppliers, partners, neighbours and the community at large. 

Political donations
The Group has not made any political donations during the year.

Supplier payments policy
It is the Group’s policy to abide by the payment terms agreed with suppliers whenever it is satisfied that the supplier has provided the goods 
and services in accordance with agreed terms and conditions. During 2020, average creditor days were 46 days (2019: 69 days).

Subsequent Events 
These are disclosed within the Post Balance Sheet Events note (note 29).

Financial Instruments
Use of financial instruments and exposure to various financial risks has been discussed within the Strategic Report (page 23).

Future Developments
Future developments have been discussed within the Chief Executive’s Report on page 15.

Directors’ Interests
Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in note 23 to the Group financial statements. As at 13 March 2021, Mike Danson had a 
beneficial interest of 64.9 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company. No other person has notified any interest in the 
ordinary shares of the Company, in accordance with AIM Rule 17.

The interests of the Directors as at 13 March 2021 in the ordinary shares of the Company were as follows:

Bernard Cragg 

Mike Danson 

Murray Legg

Peter Harkness 

Number of ordinary shares

290,000

76,828,349

23,000

70,000

In  addition to the  above,  Bernard  Cragg  had  125,000  share  options  outstanding  as  of  31  December  2020. These  share  options  are  not 
dependent on performance criteria and vested on 31 January 2021 but have not been exercised.

39

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Corporate Governance ReportDirectors’ ReportEnvironmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) matters are a key part of our strategy, and for us at GlobalData it is about safeguarding long-
term viability and sustainable growth for the Company, our people, our clients and our shareholders. Furthermore, we understand ESG is an 
emerging theme for our clients so we are offering more and more insight and data to help our clients understand the ESG metrics that will 
help them make long-term strategic decisions, with the impact on the environment, their communities and stakeholders as a main focus. 

We  continue  to  recognise  that  how  we  engage  with  our  people,  clients,  business  partners,  the  wider  community  and  environment  is 
fundamental to the Group’s success. The Group is committed to focusing on creating and maintaining positive long-term relationships with 
our broad base of stakeholders.

Environment
We  are  a  data  and  analytics  company  in  which  our  products  are  created  and  distributed  digitally.  Our  carbon  footprint  is  considerably 
smaller than for many other companies of our size. Despite the structural benefits that we have as a digital company, we are committed to 
minimising the impact of our operations on the environment.

The Group is pleased to report its current UK based annual energy usage and associated annual greenhouse gas emissions pursuant to the 
Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 (“the 2018 Regulations”) 
that came into force 1 April 2019. 

In  accordance  with  the  2018  Regulations,  the  energy  use  and  associated  greenhouse  gas  emissions  are  for  those  within  the  UK  only 
that  come  under the  operational  control  boundary. Therefore,  energy  use  and  emissions  are  aligned with financial  reporting for the  UK 
subsidiaries and exclude the non-UK based subsidiaries that would not qualify under the 2018 Regulations in their own right. 

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) requires that large unquoted companies disclose their emissions related to fuel used 
in personal/hire cars on business use (including fuel for which the organisation reimburses its employees following claims for business 
mileage).  Under the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard these emissions fall under scope 3 (category 6) and have 
been grouped under the heading of “Business Travel”.

The  energy  data  was  collated  from  a  mix  of  supplier  and  landlord  invoices  along  with  mileage  claims  related  to  business  travel.  These 
records provided a near-continuous record of electricity, natural gas and business travel by the Group for the reporting period.

This energy data was converted to carbon emissions using emission factors provided by the Department of Business, Energy & Industrial 
Strategy that relate to the beginning of each respective reporting year. The associated emissions are divided into the combustion of fuels 
and the operation of facilities (scope 1), purchased electricity and heat (scope 2) and in-direct emissions that occur as a consequence of 
company activities (scope 3).

Estimations and Benchmarks
The electricity and natural gas energy use was compiled predominantly from meter readings and invoices, with some pro-rating to match 
the reporting period.  Where energy has been recharged by landlords on a fiscal basis, energy consumption has been based on deemed 
rates.  Benchmark data has been used in relation to serviced office space where energy is included within the rental fee.

Breakdown of energy consumption used to calculate emissions (kWh)

Electricity (grid)

Natural gas

Heat

Business travel

Total gross energy consumed

40

2020

kWh

1,033,265

462,549

50,160

9,798

1,555,772

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ ReportEnvironmental, Social and Governance 
Breakdown of emissions associated with the reported energy use (tCO₂e)

Scope 1

Natural gas

Scope 2

Electricity (grid)

Heat

Scope 3

Business travel

Total gross emissions

Intensity Ratios
Our chosen carbon intensity ratio is gross tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions per million pounds (£m) of revenue.

Intensity ratio between January 2020 and December 2020 

Tonnes of CO₂e per £m

2020

tCO₂e

85

241

9

2

337

2020

2.71

Our activities are split between energy used in buildings and for business travel. As a consequence we have also chosen to report gross 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions per 1,000 metres squared of office space for emissions related to buildings, and gross 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent emissions per 1,000 miles travelled for emissions related to business travel.

Intensity ratio between January 2020 and December 2020 – Buildings 

Tonnes of CO₂e per 000 m2 Gross Internal Area (GIA)

Intensity ratio between January 2020 and December 2020 – Business Travel 

Tonnes of CO₂e per 1,000 miles

2020

48.3

2020

0.276

Energy efficiency action during current financial year 
The management of resources and the need to embed sustainability is an important issue for the Group.  Energy consumption was 
expected to be significantly below typical this year due to the reduced occupancy across all sites following COVID-19 restrictions from 
March 2020 onwards. From this date the offices were closed to most staff.

A further result of health precautions has seen the greater implementation of video conferencing for staff. The emission savings resulting 
from these activities has not been quantified, but this practice has resulted in behaviour changes that are expected to continue for the 
foreseeable future.

The Group is committed to ensuring that it operates in the most energy efficient way possible. Whilst it is difficult to set targets in the first 
year of adoption of these metrics, especially in a year when it is difficult to establish a real baseline, the Group will focus on its impact on 
energy consumption when decisions are being made. For example, we are currently actively reviewing our office footprint and whether we 
need to operate in the same way going forward and whether we can reduce the space, and as a result energy consumption, needed to run 
the business effectively.

The Directors believe that environmental risk factors are emerging for the Group, but are not a principal risk to the Group.

41

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ ReportEnvironmental, Social and GovernanceSocial
Social Investment allows GlobalData to contribute to the success of charities and organisations in all of the communities that we operate 
within; we help to ensure that they can achieve their aims in a sustainable, long-term way and encourage our employees to get involved as 
much as they can.

During 2020 we formed a new partnership with UK charity CALM (Campaign Against Living Miserably). This partnership with a mental health 
charity gave us a fantastic opportunity to combine our well-being initiatives with fundraising for vital suicide prevention services. 

Teams across all of our regions got involved in fundraising for local food banks and hospitals, to help those hit hardest by the effects of the 
pandemic. Including match funding, GlobalData was able to raise over £190,000 for numerous food banks and charities that were in even 
greater need during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Governance
The  Board  is  committed  to  the  highest  standards  of  corporate  governance  and  has  adopted  all  requirements  of  the  UK  Corporate 
Governance Code that are applicable to it as a ‘smaller company’ (defined in the UK Corporate Governance Code as being a company below 
the FTSE 350). Responsibility for governance matters lies with the Board, which is accountable to shareholders and wider stakeholders for 
the activities of the Group.  

As a result of our commitment to governance and compliance with the Code, we are in the process of updating our Board membership. We 
announced in January that Bernard will stand down in his role as Chairman and resign from the Board following the AGM on 20 April 2021. 
He will be succeeded in the Chairman role by Murray Legg, who has been on the Board as an independent Non-Executive Director since 
2016.

The Board is planning further succession in its team of Non-Executives. Following Murray’s appointment as Chairman (after the AGM on 20 
April 2021), we have announced that Catherine Birkett will succeed Murray as Audit Committee Chair. 

We are also aiming to appoint two further Non-Executives to further enhance the Board’s knowledge, experience and skill set.

As part of the Group’s commitment to continuous improvements in governance standards; the Group appointed Deloitte as auditors during 
2020, as well as JP Morgan as our Nominated Advisers. The Directors believe that working with our new auditors and advisers, together 
with the appointment of Charles Strickland as Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, will help the Group achieve its pursuit of 
excellence in governance in the years to come.

42

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ ReportEnvironmental, Social and Governance“During 2020, we formed  
a partnership with mental 
health charity CALM, 
which gave us a fantastic 
opportunity to combine our 
well-being initiatives with 
fundraising for vital suicide 
prevention services.”

43

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ ReportEnvironmental, Social and GovernanceAs Chairman of the Audit Committee I am pleased to present our report to you for 2020. 

Following the announcement in January that I will step up and succeed Bernard Cragg as Independent Chairman of the Group following 
the AGM on 20 April, I will also step down as Chair of the Audit Committee at that time. I am pleased that the Group has announced the 
appointment  of  Catherine  Birkett  as  Independent  Director  and will  also  succeed  me  in the  role  of Audit  Committee  Chair following the 
forthcoming AGM.

I welcome Catherine to the Board and I am confident that she will maintain the standards of the Audit Committee and continue to provide 
independent challenge and rigour to the audit and financial reporting processes.

Key Activities of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee assists the Board in setting Governance standards and has specific responsibility over financial controls, financial 
reporting and audit effectiveness. In 2020, specifically, the Audit Committee has:

•  conducted a review of the Annual Report and Accounts and Interim Statements to confirm that it was fair, balanced and understandable;
• 
• 

reviewed the significant financial judgements made in the year; and
reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and risk management framework for both financial and non-financial controls.

During the year the Audit Committee met on four occasions and I am satisfied that we were presented with papers of good quality and in a 
timely fashion.

The Committee comprises only independent Non-Executive Directors and consists of the Chairman Murray Legg, Peter Harkness, Annette 
Barnes and Andrew Day.

The integrity of financial reporting
We reviewed the integrity of the Financial Statements and all formal announcements relating to financial performance during 2020. As 
part of the review, we challenged management on whether significant areas of judgement and significant risks were adequately evaluated, 
reported and disclosed. 

The  Committee  has  considered  in  detail  the  prior  year  restatements  disclosed  in  note  1  to  the  financial  statements,  which  have  been 
identified by our new Auditors. All of the restatements are of a technical nature and have had no impact on the Group’s Adjusted EBITDA 
metric for the year ended 31 December 2019 and an impact of £0.2m on net assets as at 31 December 2019.

The Committee also notes that the unlawful distribution, disclosed in note 3 of the Company financial statements, results from the incorrect 
classification of share based payment awards to employees of subsidiaries and the fact that we did not file interim accounts to demonstrate 
that sufficient reserves were available. The Committee notes that the Company had the means to regularise the issues identified on each 
occasion  and  highlights  that  the  Company’s  procedures  for  approval  of  distributions  have  now  been  strengthened,  including  annual 
external guidance and assurance.

Fair, balanced and understandable
On  behalf  of  the  Board,  the  Committee  reviewed  the  2020 Annual  Report  and  Financial  Statements  to  ensure  that  they  provide  a  fair, 
balanced and understandable reflection of the Group, its performance, position and future prospects.

As part of the review, the Committee considered whether: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

there are any material or sensitive omissions from the narrative;
the narrative is a true and balanced reflection of events and performance in the year;
there is consistency throughout the Annual Report and Financial Statements; and
there is a clear explanation of key performance indicators, their link to performance and strategy and equal prominence of statutory 
performance measures.

In  the  view  of  the  Committee,  the  Annual  Report  is  fair,  balanced  and  understandable  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  UK 
Corporate Governance Code.

44

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Audit Committee ReportDirectors’ ReportSignificant Financial Estimates and Judgements:

Issue

Consideration of estimation or judgement

Unlawful 
distributions

Following the post year end discovery of unlawful distributions, the Committee reviewed the legal and financial advice 
that the company received. It is satisfied that the legal regularisation of the deed of release, following resolution at the 
AGM will bring all parties to the position they were intended to be in and that the filing of interim accounts in advance of 
the AGM gives the company sufficient headroom to satisfy the final dividend on 23 April.

The Committee understands the nature of the breach and procedures for the approval of distributions have now been 
strengthened.

Share based 
payments 

The Committee reviewed the calculation and assumptions used in calculating the share based payments charge. The 
valuation of new awards was conducted by an external consultant and the Committee considered this report when 
concluding that the share based payments charge contains reasonable assumptions (such as expected employee 
churn, Black-Scholes assumptions) were fair and reasonable.

During December the Remuneration Committee approved the replacement of some share options into a new scheme. 
The management paper concluded that in substance, the new options issued were to replace existing share options 
under comparable terms for the option holder. Management therefore concluded that a modification treatment was 
appropriate. The impact of this judgement, whilst being immaterial to 2020, would have a material impact on 2021 and 
is therefore considered a significant judgement. The Audit Committee was satisfied that the conditions for modification 
were met and documented.

Carrying value 
of goodwill and 
acquired intangible 
assets

The impairment test for the carrying value of goodwill and acquired intangible assets requires forward looking 
value-in-use calculations that involve assumptions and judgements by the management team. The Audit 
Committee sought to review these calculations and challenge the assumptions contained within, particularly 
around future revenue growth assumptions and discount rate used. The Committee concluded that the 
impairment review had been completed in line with the provisions of IAS36 and that management had used 
a range of sensitivities to stress tests the models used. The Audit Committee were satisfied with conclusions 
reached by management.

Segmental 
reporting

The Committee reviewed management assumptions when reviewing segmental disclosures. In its review, the 
Audit Committee considered the requirements of IFRS 8 (“Operating Segments”) and ensured that they were 
in line with what was reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Makers (the Executive Board). The Committee 
is satisfied that the One Platform centralised business model is a differentiator from some of the Group’s peers, 
and that a single reportable segment is an appropriate conclusion given the nature of the Group’s operations.

Allocation of Cash 
Generating Units

The Committee reviewed management’s analysis of cash generating units (“CGU’s”) and assessed its conclusion 
that there are 2 CGU’s (previously 8). The Committee concluded that it was a reasonable conclusion that 
significant integration of the Group’s recent acquisitions has led to all assets generating cash inflows for the 
wider business, covering all subject matter areas. The exception to this is MEED, which continues to be classified 
as an individual CGU due to having separately identifiable cash flows and financial results.

Adjusted 
performance 
measures (APMs)

The Committee reviewed the Strategic Report and the financial statements contained within the Annual 
Report and Accounts to ensure that APMs were not given undue prominence over statutory numbers and that 
adjustments made to get to the APMs were both consistent with previous years and that the adjustments gave 
the reader a clearer understanding of the underlying performance of the business. The Committee is satisfied 
that the Accounts give a balanced and fair view of performance and APMs are presented in a consistent and 
clear manner, so that they contribute to the readers overall understanding of the accounts and the business 
performance.

45

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Audit Committee ReportDirectors’ ReportThe effectiveness of internal controls and risk management framework
The Committee has a clear process for identifying, evaluating and managing risk. During the year, the Directors did a ‘stock-take’ of internal 
control documentation around the Group (financial and non-financial). The Committee were satisfied that, whilst there were inconsistencies 
in format, each of the principal risks were addressed in the design of the controls. The external auditors include a review of the Group’s risk 
register in their audit approach. 

External Auditor
In order to maintain the independence of the external auditors, the Board has determined that non-audit work will not be offered to the external 
auditors unless there are clear efficiencies and only where such work is permitted under the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard. 

The Audit Committee annually reviews the remuneration received by the auditors for audit services and non-audit work. Their audit and non-
audit fees are set, monitored and reviewed throughout the year (see note 6 of the financial statements). Upon appointment there were some 
ongoing tax services from the Deloitte India team, which were ceased in November 2020. We are satisfied that this engagement did not impair 
the independence and are satisfied that these services have ceased. The non-audit fees in the year were not material in the context of the 
overall fee and the Committee deemed that no conflict existed between such audit and non-audit work.

The Group has adopted the Competition and Markets Authority Order (CMA Order) and will rotate audit firms at least every 20 years and tender 
at least every 10 years. As a result of this decision, the Group undertook a full tender process during 2019 in respect of external audit services 
in compliance with FRC guidance on best practice, in particular ensuring independence in respect of potential audit firms. The previously 
engaged external audit firm, Grant Thornton, was not invited to re-tender. 

Following the tender process, the Board and Audit Committee considered that the submission and team from Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) best met 
the criteria that the Committee had predefined. As such, Deloitte were appointed as the company’s auditor commencing with the audit of the 
financial year ending 31 December 2020. 

The Committee recommends the reappointment of Deloitte for 2021. We believe that their independence, their objectivity and the effectiveness 
of the external audit is strong. This is safeguarded through their continuing challenge, their focused reporting and their discussions with both 
management and the Audit Committee in planning and concluding their work.

The Audit Committee has considered the need for a separate internal audit function and notes that there are some elements of internal audit 
that are currently outsourced, including specific agreed upon controls reviews in our Indian businesses but due to the size of the Group and 
procedures  in  place to  monitor  both trading  performance  and  internal  controls,  it was  concluded the  costs  of  an  entire  separate  internal 
audit department would outweigh the benefits. The Audit Committee and Board are continually assessing the need for additional assurance 
procedures within the Group.

The Committee confirms that there are no contractual obligations which restrict the choice of external auditor.

Murray Legg
Chairman of the Audit Committee
13 March 2021

46

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Audit Committee ReportDirectors’ ReportUnaudited information
The Remuneration Committee

I am pleased to present the Remuneration Committee’s report to you for 2020.

The 2018 Corporate Governance Code recommends that the Remuneration Committee comprises at least three independent Non-Executive 
Directors, and is chaired by one of these Directors. During 2020, the Remuneration Committee consisted of the Chairman Peter Harkness, 
Murray Legg, Annette Barnes and Andrew Day. Under the rules of the Code, my length of service deems me to be non-independent. We are 
striving for continuous improvement in our governance arrangements at GlobalData and to that end, I will be stepping down as the Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee as of 13 March 2021 and handing over to Annette Barnes.

Annette has been a Non-Executive at GlobalData since 2017 and has a strong skill set to succeed me as Chair, and I am confident that 
we will continue the good progress we have made on remuneration and talent management within the Group. As part of her role with the 
Remuneration Committee, Annette will also take on the role as designated Non-Executive Director for employees.

Key Activities of the Remuneration Committee 
The key activities of the Remuneration Committee consist of:
• 
• 
• 
•  approving awards under the Group’s long-term incentive plans

reviewing the Group Remuneration Policy, ensuring continued effectiveness
reviewing salaries for Executive and Non-Executive Directors and senior employees
review and approval of long-term incentive plans

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The  Board  is  responsible  for  setting  the  Group’s  policy  on  Directors’  remuneration  and  the  Remuneration  Committee  decides  on  the 
remuneration package of each Executive Director.

The  primary  objectives  of  the  Group’s  policy  on  executive  remuneration  are  that  it  should  be  structured  so  as  to  attract  and  retain 
executives of a high calibre with the skills and experience necessary to develop the Company successfully and, secondly, to reward them 
in a way which encourages the creation of value for the shareholders. The performance measurement of the Executive Directors and the 
determination of their annual remuneration package is undertaken by the Remuneration Committee. No Director is involved in setting their 
own remuneration.

The main elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration are:
•  Basic annual salary - The salaries of the Executive Directors are reviewed annually and reflect the executives’ experience, responsibility 

and the Group’s market value 
•  Bonus - Based upon performance
•  Other benefits - Other benefits consist of travel expenses to head office
•  Share based payments - Full details of the share option scheme operated by the Group are set out in note 24

Non-Executive Directors’ Remuneration
All  Non-Executive  Directors  have  letters  of  appointment with the  Company  and their  remuneration  is  determined  by the  Board,  having 
considered the level of fees in similar companies. 

Directors’ Service Agreements
It is the Group’s policy that Directors should not have service agreements with notice periods capable of exceeding 12 months. The existing 
service agreements have neither fixed terms nor contractual termination payments but do have fixed notice periods. The details of the 
service agreements of the Directors as at 13 March 2021 are:

Bernard Cragg

Mike Danson

Graham Lilley

Murray Legg

Peter Harkness

Annette Barnes

Andrew Day

Contract date

Notice period

12 April 2016

1 October 2008

1 November 2018

23 February 2016

25 June 2009

24 January 2017

24 January 2017

3 months

12 months

12 months

3 months

1 month

3 months

3 months

47

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Remuneration ReportDirectors’ ReportAudited Information
Directors’ Emoluments

Basic salary

£000s

Bonus

£000s

Share based 
payment

Other benefits

2020 total

2019 total

£000s

£000s

£000s

£000s

Bernard Cragg

Mike Danson

Graham Lilley

Murray Legg

Peter Harkness

Annette Barnes

Andrew Day

150

-

200

40

40

30

30

1

-

50

-

1

-

-

-

-

609

-

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

5

1

152

-

859

40

41

35

31

898

35

499

40

40

30

30

The other benefits consist of travel expenses to head office. Share based payment represents equity settled income received on the vesting 
of share options in the year.  

Share Options
Amounts charged to the Income Statement:

Long-term incentive plan

Senior long-term incentive plan

Long-Term Incentive Plans
The Group operates three separate share options plans:

•  2010 Scheme 

2020

£m

2.9

1.4

4.3

2019

£m

10.8

0.1

10.9

The Group created a share option scheme during the year ended 31 December 2010 and granted the first options under the scheme on 
1 January 2011 to certain employees. Each option granted converts to one ordinary share on exercise. 

In order for the remaining options to be exercised, the Group’s earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, as 
adjusted by the Remuneration Committee for significant or one-off occurrences and excluding the impact of IFRS16, must exceed the 
remaining target of £52m (2019: £41m and £52m respectively). The scheme expired to new entrants on 31 December 2020, but each 
grant expires 10 years from the date of grant.

Due to the Adjusted EBITDA target for Tranche 2b (£41m) being met in the year ended 31 December 2019, 1.8m options were exercised 
during May 2020 at a strike price of £12.20. The remuneration impact of this on the Directors’ has been shown in the above table.

The Remuneration Committee noted that due to the impact of COVID-19, the Group failed to meet the final target of £52m Adjusted 
EBITDA (pre IFRS16) during 2020. Under normal circumstances 892,000 shares would have expired as at 1 January 2011, being 10 years 
from date of grant. 

However, due to the impact that COVID-19 has had on the events revenue, the Remuneration Committee believes it is fair to replace 
those 892,000 shares and extend the target period by an additional year. The Group has accounted for this under the modification 
principle, further details in note 24.

•  Chairman’s Scheme

During 2016, when the Chairman carried out an executive role, Bernard Cragg was awarded 250,000 share options. These are time 
based options, rather than being dependent on the Group meeting any performance targets. 125,000 of these options vested and were 
exercised in 2019 and the remaining 125,000 vested on 31 January 2021 but have not been exercised. 

48

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Remuneration ReportDirectors’ Report•  2019 Scheme 

In  October  2019  the  Group  created  the  2019  share  option  scheme  and  granted  the  first  options  under  the  scheme  on  31  October 
2019. Each option granted converts to one ordinary share on exercise. The awards shall vest based upon the following performance 
conditions being satisfied: 

• 

100% of the shares subject to the award will vest provided the compounded annual growth in the Group’s TSR performance over 
the 5-year performance period is equal to or exceeds 16% per annum compounded (the “5-Year TSR Target”). 

•  The 5-Year TSR Target will be measured by taking a base-line price per share of 830p and comparing it to the sum of the average 
closing price of a share derived from the ‘official list’ over the period 20 trading days commencing on the business day on which 
the Group announces its annual results for the period ending 31 December 2024 and all dividends paid during the performance 
period. 

To the extent that the 5-year TSR Target has not been met, the awards will not vest. If any of the events pursuant to the rules covering 
‘takeovers and other corporate events’ occur during the performance period or prior to the vesting date, awards shall vest as follows: 

•  Where the 5-year TSR Target has been met at the date of the relevant event, 100% of the awards shall vest. Where the 5-year TSR Target 
has not been achieved, but a 16% compound annual TSR has been met over the period from the commencement of the performance 
period,  awards  shall vest  on  a  pro-rata  basis to  reflect the  proportion  of the  performance  period which  has  elapsed,  although the 
Company shall have discretion to waive such time pro-rating if they consider it appropriate.

During 2020 the Remuneration Committee awarded 1.6m options under this scheme (2019: 1.4m). A charge of £1.4m (2019: £0.1m) has been 
made to the Income Statement. Further details are given in note 24.

During the period the Group purchased an aggregate amount of 2,102,250 shares at a total market value of £23.7m. The purchased shares 
will be held in treasury and in the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust for the purpose of satisfying the exercise of share options under the 
Company’s Employee Share Option Plan.

As  at  31  December  2020,  Graham  Lilley  had  400,000  share  options  in  issue  (2019:  150,000),  which  included  100,000  share  options  in 
the 2010 scheme and 300,000 in the 2019 scheme. Bernard Cragg had 125,000 share options in issue in the Chairman’s scheme (2019: 
125,000). Further details are given in note 24. 

No other Directors as at 31 December 2020 had share options.

In non-compliance with provision 36 of the UK Corporate Governance Code, there is currently no formal post-employment shareholding 
requirement in place. The Remuneration Committee will seek to address this area of non-compliance during 2021.

The  total  charge  recognised  for  the  schemes  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2020  was  £4.2m  (2019:  £10.9m).  The  awards  of  the 
scheme are settled with ordinary shares of the Company. 

In May 2020, 1.8m outstanding share options held by GlobalData employees vested in accordance with the Adjusted EBITDA target being 
satisfied under Tranche 2b and approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Group satisfied all of the share options exercised using the 
shares held by the Trust. Movements to the treasury reserve and retained earnings have arisen on the accounting for the vesting of the 
options as detailed in the Statement of Changes in Equity. This recognises the fact that no current year expense is incurred, as the vesting 
of options is a transaction with shareholders only.

By order of the Board

Peter Harkness
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
13 March 2021

49

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ Remuneration ReportDirectors’ ReportStatement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report 
and the financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report, the Directors’ Report and the Group and the parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to 
prepare the group financial statements in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006. The financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the IASB. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs and profit or loss of the Company and the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•  state  whether  applicable  IFRSs  have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material  departures  disclosed  and  explained  in  the  financial 

statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in 

business.  

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions 
and  disclose with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any time the financial  position  of the  Company  and  enable them to  ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Auditors
A resolution to reappoint Deloitte LLP as auditors to the Company will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

Disclosure of information to auditors
The Directors confirm that: so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditors are unaware, 
and the Directors have taken all steps that they ought to have taken in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and establish that the Group’s auditors are aware of that information.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held on 20 April 2021 at John Carpenter House, John Carpenter Street, London EC4Y 0AN at 10am. 

On behalf of the Board

Mike Danson
Chief Executive
13 March 2021

50

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Directors’ ReportReport on the audit of the financial statements

1. OPINION

In our opinion the financial statements of GlobalData Plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of 

the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the consolidated income statement;
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;
the consolidated and parent company statement of financial position;
the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity;
the consolidated and parent company statement of cash flows; 
the related notes 1 to 29 to the consolidated financial statements; and 
the related notes 1 to 15 to the parent company financial statements.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

2. BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

51

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report3. SUMMARY OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year for the Group were:
• 
• 

the accuracy of revenue recognition; 
the determination of cash generating units for assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and 
intangible assets; 
the modification of the share based payment long-term incentive plan; and

• 
•  distributions made other than in compliance with the Companies Act (parent company only).

Materiality

Our materiality was based upon profit before tax adjusted to exclude the amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets, as we have determined this to be an important metric to the users of the financial statements. The 
materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £1,500,000, representing 3.8% of profit before tax 
adjusted to exclude the amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

We also considered a number of other benchmarks when determining materiality, including revenue, profit before 
tax and Adjusted EBITDA. We highlight that the materiality used of £1,500,000 represents 0.8% of revenue, 5.2% 
of profit before tax and 2.6% of Adjusted EBITDA.

Scoping

We performed full-scope audits or an audit of specified balances and transactions of the principal entities within 
the Group, comprising the Group’s operations within the UK, the US, India and the United Arab Emirates. These in-
scope locations represent the key trading entities within the Group and account for 92% of Group revenue, 88% of 
profit before tax adjusted to exclude the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, and 99% of Group net assets. 

The year ended 31 December 2020 is our first year as auditor of the Group.

4. CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation 
of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included: 

•  Consideration of the cash held by the group of £17.7m, net debt of £58.1m and further committed borrowing facility of £65m, in the 

context of the operating cash flow needs of the group

•  Assessment and sensitivity of the headroom on the group’s cash flow forecasts including the assumptions within the one-year 

detailed budget

•  Evaluation of the group’s borrowing covenants and review of the scenarios which could lead to a covenant breach and evaluation of 

whether any of those scenarios are reasonably possible

•  Consideration of management’s assumptions on the forecast cash flows of the group in relation to the global economic uncertainty as 

a result of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic

•  Assessment of the suitability of the model used by the group to forecast cash flows, including testing of clerical accuracy of the model
•  Assessment of the historical accuracy of cash flow forecasts prepared by management.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report.

52

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report5. KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of  the  current  period  and  include  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of  material  misstatement  (whether  or  not  due  to  fraud)  that  we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Accuracy of revenue recognition

Key audit 
matter 
description

The specific nature of the risk of material misstatement in revenue recognition varies across the Group’s revenue 
streams, with total group revenue of £178.4m (2019: £178.2m).

The main source of revenue for the group is subscription revenue for data, analytics and insights as set out by 
management in the Strategic Report and note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. Management’s accounting 
policy is to recognise subscription revenue evenly over the period of the contractual term as the performance 
obligations are satisfied evenly over the term of subscription. Revenue recognised over time represents 84% of 
consolidated revenue. 

How the 
scope of 
our audit 
responded 
to the key 
audit matter

Due to the complexity of the manual intervention required in releasing revenue to the consolidated income statement, 
we identified a significant risk due to fraud or error in relation to the accuracy of revenue recognition. The Group’s 
revenue recognition accounting policies are disclosed in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.  

We obtained an understanding of the Group’s business model and our understanding of the principles set out in 
customer contracts and the sales process. We obtained an understanding of relevant controls over the sales process 
from ordering to cash collection, including those related to the releasing of revenue from deferred revenue. 

The procedures we performed across the entities within our audit scope included the following: 
•  We used data analytics procedures to recalculate management’s revenue release and the deferred revenue balance 
recorded at the year end, to address the incremental risk arising from the manual nature of management’s release. 
•  We obtained evidence to determine whether a sample of variances that were identified through our data analytics 
were correctly accounted for; this included performing tests of detail to corroborate management’s explanations by 
reviewing third-party documentation.  

•  We performed tests of detail of the accuracy, occurrence and completeness for a sample of revenue transactions, 
obtaining and reviewing relevant customer contracts and fulfilment data to assess whether revenue was appropriately 
recorded across the term. 

•  We  obtained  confirmation  from  a  sample  of  customers  with  master  service  agreements  to  confirm  whether  all 

agreements and side agreements were accounted for by the management.

Key 
observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concluded that revenue in respect of subscriptions was appropriately 
recorded across the term. 

53

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report5.2. The determination of cash generating units for assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets

Key audit 
matter 
description

The Group has expanded significantly through acquisition and as at 31 December 2020 had goodwill and intangibles of 
£242m (2019: £250m). 

Where goodwill exists, IAS 36 requires that management perform an annual impairment assessment to compare the 
balance sheet carrying value of each cash generating unit (‘CGU’) to the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value 
in use. During the year the group undertook an assessment of its CGUs that resulted in reducing the number from eight 
in 2019 to two in 2020. Management’s conclusion was based on the integration of the acquisitions into the group and 
the creation of a single platform for data, analytics and insight which is used to generate cash inflows.

Our initial risk assessment identified a significant risk in relation to two historical CGUs, Energy and Construction, 
which in the past have had lower levels of headroom within management’s impairment assessment. As a result of 
management’s CGU reassessment, the Energy and Construction CGUs were combined with five other previously 
separate CGUs into the Data, Analytics and Insights CGU. The Data, Analytics and Insights CGU had headroom of 
£854m at 31 December 2020 as shown in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements. 

IAS 36:72 makes clear that CGUs should be identified consistently from period to period for the same asset or types 
of assets, unless a change is justified. Consequently we identified a significant risk relating to whether management’s 
reassessment was in line with the requirements of IAS 36. The risk has been pinpointed to this reassessment as, 
incorrect aggregation of CGUs may result in the potential understatement of required impairments in goodwill and 
intangible assets, particularly in a macro-economic environment that is more uncertain as a result of the Covid-19 
pandemic. 

Management’s rationale for the reassessment, based on the integration of the assets in the group onto a single 
platform, is disclosed in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

How the 
scope of 
our audit 
responded 
to the key 
audit matter

We evaluated management’s CGU assessment for goodwill and other intangibles using a range of audit procedures. 
These included the following: 

•  Obtaining an understanding of the Group’s asset base and how it is used to generate separable cash flows. 
•  Obtaining an understanding of management’s control to review the assessment of CGUs.
•  Challenging management’s impairment review applying the previously identified CGUs to understand if this would 

have identified impairments.

•  Assessing whether management’s determination of CGUs complies with the requirements of IAS36:72.
•  Assessing the adequacy of the group’s disclosure of its CGUs in light of the requirements of IAS36.

Key 
observations

Based on the audit procedures performed we concluded that the determination by management of their CGUs accords 
with the requirements of IAS 36. 

54

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report5.3. The modification of the share based payment long-term incentive plan 

Key audit 
matter 
description

In December 2020, the group’s remuneration committee granted replacement share options in the company’s 2010 
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) to participants whose options were due lapse in January 2021. This was due to the 
failure to meet a non-market EBITDA target condition within the original performance period.  The reason the non-
market conditions were not met was deemed by the remuneration committee to be because of the impact of Covid-19 
on EBITDA in 2020. 

IFRS 2 specifically deals with the situation when new equity instruments are granted to an employee in connection 
with the cancellation of existing equity instruments, however it does not address the accounting treatment where the 
original options are due to lapse. Consequently there is a judgement as to whether the award is a modification of the 
existing share options or an issuance of new options, the conclusion of which would materially impact the financial 
statements.

Management concluded that the replacement options are a modification to the existing share options granted, as 
detailed in the audit committee report and notes 1 and 24 to the consolidated financial statements. The impact of 
this judgement is that the original grant date fair value of the share options has been recognised over the extended 
estimated vesting date of the end of 2021, which is when the normalised EBITDA target is forecast to be met.    

How the 
scope of 
our audit 
responded 
to the key 
audit matter

We assessed management’s determination that the award is a modification, rather than a new grant, by: 
•  Obtaining an understanding of the nature of the long term incentive plan and the original terms of the share based 

payments made to employees.

•  Obtaining and reviewing the 2020 remuneration committee meeting minutes where the new options were reviewed 

and approved.

•  Assessing whether the rationale that Covid-19 impacted the achievement of the normalised EBITDA target was a 

reasoned judgement by reference to pre-Covid 19 budgets and 2020 actual business performance

•  Evaluating whether the terms of the new awards are the same as the original awards, to the same participants and 

for the same number of share options.

•  Evaluating whether the fair value of the new awards is comparable with the original awards at the date of modification.
•  Reviewing management’s accounting paper and considering against the requirements of IFRS 2.

Key 
observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concluded that management’s determination that the option grants 
were a modification of existing options was reasonable.

55

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report5.4. Distributions made other than in compliance with the Companies Act (parent company only)

Key audit 
matter 
description

It was identified during the current year audit that across the period 2018-2021 GlobalData plc issued distributions in 
the form of dividends and contributions to its Employee Benefit Trust for which there were not sufficient distributable 
reserves within the relevant accounts. We identified this non-compliance with the Companies Act 2006 as a key audit 
matter because of its significance in directing the efforts of the audit team, in the context of the parent company audit, 
and because of the size of the amounts involved.

Section 838 of the Companies Act provides that a public company may pay a dividend out of its distributable profits 
as shown in the last accounts circulated, or if they do not show significant distributable profits, interim accounts must 
be filed. Whilst management presented interim accounts to the directors which demonstrated sufficient distributable 
reserves, these were not filed at Companies House. Also, the interim accounts incorrectly included reserves arising 
from share based payments, relating to employees of subsidiaries, as distributable. The total amount of unlawful 
distributions is £60m across the period 2018-2021. 

The Board of Directors have approved a plan to pay dividends from subsidiary entities to GlobalData PLC and to file 
interim accounts with Companies House to remediate the matter, as detailed on pages 10, 18, 29 and 44 of the Annual 
Report, notes 23 and 28 to the consolidated financial statements and note 3 to the company only financial statements. 
Further, at the Annual General Meeting a resolution will be proposed to remove any right the company may have to 
claim against the directors and shareholders in respect of the unlawful distributions made. 

How the 
scope of 
our audit 
responded 
to the key 
audit matter

We obtained management’s analysis of the distributable reserves and distributions performed by management and 
tested the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data. We recalculated the value of the unlawful distributions 
identified by management. 

We obtained and reviewed management’s correspondence with external legal advisors and considered whether it was 
consistent with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and that the underlying accounting assumptions were 
appropriate. 

We inspected evidence to support the timing and quantum of distributions made by the Company and the Interim 
accounts presented to the directors.

We reviewed the disclosure which management prepared in relation to this matter within the Annual Report and 
considered its consistency with the fact pattern of our audit work. 

Key 
observations

Based on the audit procedures performed, we concluded that management’s disclosures within the financial 
statements reflect fairly the substance of the unlawful distributions. 

56

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report6. OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY

6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of 
a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and 
in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Materiality

£1,500,000 

£525,000

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

We used profit before tax, adjusted to exclude the 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets, as our basis 
for materiality.  

Parent company materiality equates to 2% of net 
assets, which has been capped at 50% of Group 
performance materiality.  

The materiality that we used for the group financial 
statements was £1,500,000, representing 3.8% of 
profit before tax excluding amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets. 

Rationale for 
the benchmark 
applied

We considered a range of measures, including revenue, 
profit before tax, adjusted EBITDA and profit before 
tax, adjusted to exclude the amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets.  

Net assets is typically considered an appropriate 
benchmark for materiality as the parent company 
predominantly holds investments in trading 
subsidiaries.

We used profit before tax adjusted to exclude the 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets as the 
amortisation has a significant impact on profit before 
tax and was subject to specific audit procedures. 
Its exclusion resulted in a materiality level that was 
more reflective of the profit generation of the Group 
before such acquisition-related charges.  We used a 
profit before tax based measure rather than adjusted 
EBITDA as the latter is less closely aligned to measures 
calculated in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles.

We highlight that a materiality of £1,500,000, 
represents 0.8% of revenue, 5.2% of profit before tax 
and 2.6% of adjusted EBITDA. 

Adjusted profit before tax

£28.2m

Group materiality £1.5m

Component materiality range
£0.4m to £0.8m

Audit Committee reporting threshold
£0.05m

 Adjusted profit before tax   

 Group materiality

57

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance 
materiality

Basis and 
rationale for 
determining 
performance 
materiality

Group financial statements

70% of Group materiality

Parent company financial statements

70% of parent company materiality 

the quality of the control environment;
the nature, volume and size of misstatements (corrected and uncorrected) in the previous audit;
that this was a first-year audit and the consequential impact on our ability to forecast misstatements;

In forming our consideration of the level of performance materiality we considered: 
• 
• 
• 
•  prior period errors found in the current year; and 
•  management’s willingness to correct errors that were identified by the audit team. 

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £50,000, as well as differences 
below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure 
matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

7. AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT

7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide controls and assessing 
the  risks  of  material  misstatement  at  the  group  level.      Our  component  selection  was  based  on  the  selection  of  material  balances  and 
components,  with  additional  consideration  of  whether,  at  an  aggregated  level,  we  had  reduced  the  risk  of  material  misstatement  to  an 
acceptably low level. 

Based on that assessment we performed full scope or an audit of specified balances and transactions on the principal trading entities within 
the UK, India and the United Arab Emirates. 

The in-scope locations (those at which a full scope audit or an audit of specified balances and transactions was performed as part of a group 
audit) represent 92% of Revenue, 92% of profit before tax adjusted to exclude intangible amortisation and 99% of net assets. 

9%

8%

7%

12%

Revenue

Adjusted 
profit before 
tax

3% 1%

Net assets

83%

81%

96%

 Full audit scope   

 Specified audit procedures   

 Review at Group level

58

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report7.2. Working with other auditors
We used one component audit team in India during the audit of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 and we were 
in regular contact with them throughout the year. We overcame the challenges in component oversight that arose as a result of the travel 
restrictions brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic through regular status calls with senior audit personnel including the component 
partner. 

We  held  team  briefings  for  the  component  audit  team,  to  discuss  the  Group  risk  assessment  and  audit  instructions,  to  confirm  their 
understanding of the business and to discuss their local risk assessment. Throughout the audit we maintained regular contact in order to 
direct and supervise their audit approach. We virtually attended their audit planning and close meetings with local management, performed 
technology-enabled remote reviews of their working papers and reviewed their reporting to us on the findings of their work. 

8. OTHER INFORMATION

The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of our audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to 
a  material  misstatement  in the financial  statements themselves.  If,  based  on the work we  have  performed, we  conclude that there  is  a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.  

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  directors’  responsibilities  statement,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10. AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee, that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

59

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report11. EXTENT TO WHICH THE AUDIT WAS CONSIDERED CAPABLE OF DETECTING IRREGULARITIES,  
INCLUDING FRAUD 

Irregularities,  including  fraud,  are  instances  of  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations.  We  designed  procedures  in  line  with  our 
responsibilities,  outlined  above,  to  detect  material  misstatements  in  respect  of  irregularities,  including  fraud.  The  extent  to  which  our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below. 

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, we considered the following:
• 

the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance, including the design of the Group’s remuneration 
policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;
the Group’s own assessment of the risks that irregularities may occur as a result of either fraud or error;
results  of  our  enquiries  of  management  and  the  audit  committee  about  their  own  identification  and  assessment  of  the  risks  of 
irregularities; 

• 
• 

•  any matters we identified, having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:

• 

identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance 
including the dividends that were made otherwise than in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 (see page 10 of the Strategic 
Report)

• 

the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations

•  detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
• 
the matters discussed among the audit engagement team including significant component audit teams and relevant internal specialists, 
including tax, valuations, pensions, IT, and share based payments, regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements 
and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the group for fraud and identified 
the greatest potential for fraud in the accuracy of revenue recognition. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to 
perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws 
and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and 
regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act and tax legislation in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

In  addition,  we  considered  provisions  of  other  laws  and  regulations  that  do  not  have  a  direct  effect  on  the  financial  statements  but 
compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. 

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified two key audit matters related to the potential risk of fraud or non-compliance with laws 
and regulations being:

1) The risk related to the accuracy of revenue released during the year due to the manual intervention that exists in the processing of such 
transactions.  Our procedures to respond to this risk are set out in section 5.1 above.

2) The risk related to the distributions made other than in compliance with the Companies Act (parent company only). Our procedures to 
respond to this risk are set out in section 5.4 above.

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
• 

reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of  
relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management, the audit committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material  

• 
• 

misstatement due to fraud;
reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; and
in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and  
other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential    
bias; and evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

60

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report 
 
 
 
We  also  communicated  relevant  identified  laws  and  regulations  and  potential  fraud  risks  to  all  engagement  team  members  including 
internal specialists and significant component audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

12. OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
• 

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

• 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13. MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION

13.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or
the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

• 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

13.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made.

We have nothing to report in respect of this matter.

14. USE OF OUR REPORT

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Jon Young FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom
13 March 2021

61

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of GlobalData Plc Independent Auditor’s Report 
Consolidated Income Statement

Continuing operations

Revenue

Operating expenses

Losses on trade receivables

Other income

Operating profit

Net finance costs

Profit before tax 

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders:

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA2:

Operating profit

Depreciation

Amortisation of software

Adjusting items

Adjusted EBITDA2

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Notes

Year ended 31 
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

5

6

6

10

11

12

12

7

£m

178.4

(145.4)

(1.3)

1.3

33.0

(4.4)

28.6

(6.0)

22.6

22.6

19.4

18.1

33.0

7.0

1.1

15.6

56.7

Restated1

£m

178.2

(164.5)

(2.3)

1.3

12.7

(4.7)

8.0

(4.2)

3.8

3.8

3.3

3.0

12.7

4.8

0.9

31.4

49.8

1Restatement
The comparative year’s results have been restated:
• 

to include other income above operating profit, reflecting that the income is in relation to operations. This change has had no effect on 
profit before tax and Adjusted EBITDA for the comparative year.
to  charge  the  re-measurement  of  the  pension  liabilities  arising  on  the  pension  buy-in  as  a  cost  through  the  Income  Statement  of 
£2.2m. Previously the net re-measurement of assets and liabilities was reported through the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The 
restatement has no impact on the Adjusted EBITDA of the prior year. 
to increase the income tax expense by £1.0m, reflecting that the tax deduction in relation to the exercise of share options during 2019 
was inappropriately recognised within the Income Statement but should have been recognised directly in equity.  

• 

• 

Full disclosure included within note 1. 

2 We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude costs associated with acquisitions, restructuring of the Group, share based payments, impairment, 

unrealised operating exchange rate movements and the impact of foreign exchange contracts. We present Adjusted EBITDA as additional information because 

it is used internally as a key indicator to assess financial performance. However, other companies may present Adjusted EBITDA differently. EBITDA and Adjusted 

EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to operating profit or as a measure of liquidity or 

an alternative to net income as indicators of our operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA 

margin is defined as: Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

62

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended 31 
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019
Restated1

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that will be classified subsequently to profit or loss:

Net exchange losses on translation of foreign entities

Items that will not be classified subsequently to profit or loss:

Re-measurement of pension assets

Other comprehensive (loss)/ gain, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

£m

22.6

(0.6)

-

(0.6)

22.0

22.0

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

1The comparative year has been restated in relation to the treatment of the pension buy-in and tax expense relating to the exercise of 
share options during 2019; full disclosure included within note 1. 

£m

3.8

-

0.9

0.9

4.7

4.7

63

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Notes

31 December 2020

31 December 2019
Restated1

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 

Current tax receivable

Short-term derivative assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 

Short-term borrowings

Short-term lease liabilities

Current tax payable

Short-term derivative liabilities

Short-term provisions

Net current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Long-term provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

Treasury reserve

Other reserve

Merger reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Retained profit

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

14

13

28

18

17

16

19

20

15

16

22

22

18

15

20

23

23

23

23

23

23

£m

43.5

242.0

0.9

5.4

291.8

44.9

1.6

1.2

17.7

65.4

357.2

(100.2)

(5.0)

(4.1)

(1.6)

(0.1)

(0.2)

(111.2)

(45.8)

(0.5)

(1.2)

(35.8)

(70.8)

(108.3)

(219.5)

137.7

0.2

0.7

(21.4)

(37.1)

163.8

0.2

31.3

137.7

£m

47.4

250.1

1.9

8.7

308.1

45.8

-

0.9

11.2

57.9

366.0

(96.1)

(6.0)

(3.9)

(1.7)

(0.1)

(0.1)

(107.9)

(50.0)

(0.5)

(4.8)

(40.7)

(60.5)

(106.5)

(214.4)

151.6

0.2

0.7

(11.0)

(37.1)

163.8

0.8

34.2

151.6

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

Bernard Cragg 
Chairman  

Mike Danson
Chief Executive

Company Number 03925319
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 
1The comparative year has been restated for the treatment of the pension buy-in and tax expense relating to the exercise of share 
options during 2019; full disclosure included within note 1. 

64

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

l

a
t
i
p
a
c
e
r
a
h
S

£m

0.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

i

m
u
m
e
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
c
c
a

£m

0.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.5

-

-

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
r
e
h
t
O

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
r
e
g
r
e
M

£m

£m

£m

(19.2)

(37.1)

163.8

-

-

-

-

(3.5)

-

11.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance at 1 January 2019

Profit for the year (Restated)1

Other comprehensive income:

Re-measurement of pension assets

Net exchange gain on translation  
of foreign entities

Total comprehensive profit for the year

Transactions with owners:

Share buy back

Dividends

Vesting of share options

Share based payments charge

Deferred tax on share based payments

Balance at 31 December 2019

0.2

0.7

(11.0)

(37.1)

163.8

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:

Net exchange loss on translation of foreign entities

Total comprehensive profit for the year

Transactions with owners:

Share buy back

Dividends

Vesting of share options

Share based payments charge

Deferred tax on share based payments

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(23.7)

-

13.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
a
r
t

l

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c
n
g
e
r
o
F

i

£m

0.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.8

-

(0.6)

(0.6)

-

-

-

-

-

t
fi
o
r
p
d
e
n
a
t
e
R

i

1

d
e
t
a
t
s
e
R

£m

41.7

3.8

0.9

-

4.7

-

(14.6)

(12.2)

10.9

3.7

34.2

22.6

-

22.6

-

(18.0)

(13.3)

4.2

1.6

l

e
b
a
t
u
b
i
r
t
t
a
y
t
i
u
q
E

l

f
o
s
r
e
d
o
h
y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t

t
n
e
r
a
p
e
h
t

£m

150.4

3.8

0.9

-

4.7

(3.5)

(14.6)

-

10.9

3.7

151.6

22.6

(0.6)

22.0

(23.7)

(18.0)

-

4.2

1.6

Balance at 31 December 2020

0.2

0.7

(21.4)

(37.1)

163.8

0.2

31.3

137.7

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

1The comparative year has been restated in relation to the treatment of the pension buy-in and tax expense relating to the exercise of share 
options during 2019; full disclosure included within note 1. 

65

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Continuing operations

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year

Adjustments for:

Depreciation

Amortisation

Finance costs

Taxation recognised in profit or loss

Share based payments charge

Re-measurement of pension assets

Decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Revaluation of short and long-term derivatives

Movement in provisions

Cash generated from continuing operations

Interest paid (continuing operations)

Income taxes paid (continuing operations)

Total cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities (continuing operations)

Acquisitions

Cash received from repayment of loans

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Total cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities (continuing operations)

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Loan refinancing fee

Acquisition of own shares

Principal elements of lease payments

Dividends paid

Total cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Effects of currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended 31 
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019
Restated1

£m

22.6

7.0

11.8

4.4

6.0

4.2

-

1.5

2.5

(0.3)

0.1

59.8

(2.4)

(6.4)

51.0

(1.0)

0.9

(3.5)

(1.5)

(5.1)

(5.3)

15.0

(0.7)

(23.7)

(6.1)

(18.0)

(38.8)

7.1

11.2

(0.6)

17.7

£m

3.8

4.8

17.2

4.7

4.2

11.0

0.9

5.7

2.8

(1.7)

(0.6)

52.8

(3.0)

(7.8)

42.0

(8.2)

0.9

(1.6)

(1.1)

(10.0)

(10.5)

6.4

-

(3.5)

(5.0)

(14.6)

(27.2)

4.8

6.3

0.1

11.2

1Restatement
The comparative year’s statement of cash flows has been restated:
• 

• 

to reduce operating profit by £2.2m for the year ended 31 December 2019 and increase the re-measurement of pension assets by the 
same amount reflecting a change to the accounting treatment of the pension buy-in (Adjusted EBITDA remains unaffected);
to reduce profit for the year by £1.0m and increase taxation expense by the same amount reflecting incorrect treatment of taxation on 
exercise of share options in 2019;
to recognise principal elements of lease payments gross, not net of sub-lease income;
to reclassify cash received from the repayment of loans into investing activities.

• 
• 
Full disclosure included within note 1. 

66

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20201. GENERAL INFORMATION

Nature of operations
The principal activity of GlobalData Plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) is to provide business information in the form of high 
quality proprietary data, analytics, and insights to clients in multiple sectors. 

GlobalData Plc (‘the Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom and listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM). 
The registered office of the Company is John Carpenter House, John Carpenter Street, London, EC4Y 0AN. The registered number of the 
Company is 03925319.

Basis of preparation
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB. 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of derivative financial 
instruments. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies detailed below. The accounting 
policies have been applied consistently throughout the Group.

These financial  statements  are  presented  in  Pounds  Sterling  (£), which  is  also the functional  currency  of the  Company. These financial 
statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors.

Restatements
On  16  December  2019  the  Group  entered  into  an  irrevocable  agreement  to  sell  the  defined  benefit  pension  scheme  of  World  Market 
Intelligence Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, to Just Retirement Limited (“Just”) through a two-step buy-out transaction under which 
all risks in relation to the scheme are transferred to Just. The first step of the transaction involved the acquisition of a qualifying insurance 
policy that will cover the future pension obligations of the scheme (the “buy-in” step), at cash cost to the Group of £1.3m subject to an 
adjusting payment on completion. The buy-out step, which will see the transfer of the scheme liabilities to the insurer, was completed on 
22 February 2021. This transaction has been accounted for as a settlement. A charge of £2.2m has been recognised as a settlement cost, 
being the difference between the amount paid and the liability at the settlement date. The prior year income statement has been restated 
to reflect this loss of £2.2m in the income statement.  

Previously, the loss of £2.2m was recognised in other comprehensive income offset by the reversal of an asset ceiling, recorded to limit 
the pension surplus able to be recognised under IFRS, in the amount of £0.9m. As such, an overall entry of £1.3m was recognised in other 
comprehensive income in the prior year. The reversal of the asset ceiling of £0.9m through other comprehensive income is not impacted 
by the restatement as this may not offset any loss recorded in the income statement in respect of this transaction. This adjustment has 
increased operating expenses by £2.2m and reduced operating profit and profit before tax by the same amount. Basic earnings per share 
reduced from 6.0 pence to 4.1 pence and diluted earnings per share from 5.6 pence to 3.8 pence (excludes the impact of the tax restatement 
detailed below). The adjustment had no impact on the Group’s net assets as at 31 December 2019 and no impact on the Group’s Adjusted 
EBITDA.

The comparative period results have also been restated to reclassify other income from below operating profit to above operating profit. 
Other income is comprised of sub-lease rental income related to the operations of the business and, as such, has been reclassified above 
operating profit. The restatement has increased operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2019 by £1.3m. Profit before tax, net assets 
and earnings per share are unaffected for the comparative period.

In the comparative period, a tax deduction in relation to the exercise of share options in 2019 was fully recognised in the income statement 
and the prior period results have been restated to correctly recognise an element of this directly in equity because the amount of the accrued 
tax  deduction  exceeded  the  amount  of  the  related  cumulative  remuneration  expense  and  this  excess  should  therefore  be  recognised 
directly in equity in accordance with IAS 12. At the same time, the comparative period tax expense has been updated for other prior year 
errors, predominantly errors identified in the Group’s US tax returns, which have subsequently been refiled. These changes have had no 
effect on profit before tax and Adjusted EBITDA for the comparative year but the income tax expense has increased by £1.0m, the taxation 
credit on share based payments within equity has increased by £1.2m and current tax payable has reduced by £0.2m. These changes have 
reduced both basic and diluted earnings per share by 0.8 pence for the year ended 31 December 2019.  

The cash flow statement for the prior period has also been restated to recognise principal elements of lease payments gross of sub-lease 
rental income. Sub-lease rental income was incorrectly netted off against principal elements of lease payments and has been reclassified 
to total cash flows from operating activities. The restatement has increased the principal elements of lease payments by £1.3m for the year 
ended 31 December 2019. Total cash flows from operating activities has increased by the same amount.

The cash flow statement for the prior period has additionally been restated to reclassify £0.9m cash received from the repayment of loans 
from operating cash flows to investing cash flows. 

67

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsCritical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group makes estimates and assumptions regarding the future. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated based on historical 
experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

In the future, actual experience may deviate from these estimates and assumptions. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant 
risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed in detail 
below. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Management have performed an assessment and have concluded that there are no key sources of estimation uncertainty. 

Critical accounting judgements
Segmental reporting
IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” requires the segment information presented in the financial statements to be that which is used internally by 
the chief operating decision-maker to evaluate the performance of the business and to decide how to allocate resources. The Group has 
identified the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) as its chief operating decision-maker.

The  Group  maintains  a  centralised  operating  model  and  single  product  platform  (‘One  Platform’),  which  is  underpinned  by  a  common 
taxonomy, shared development resource, and new data science technologies. The fundamental principle of the GlobalData business model 
is to provide our clients subscription access to our proprietary data, analytics, and insights platform, with the offering of ancillary services 
such as consulting, single copy reports and events. The vast majority of data sold by the Group is produced by a central research team 
which produces data for the Group as a whole. The team reports to one central individual, the Managing Director of the India operation, 
who reports to the Group CEO. Data, analytics, and insights is therefore considered to be the operating segment of the Group. Segmental 
reporting disclosures are provided in note 4.

The Group profit or loss is reported to the CEO on a monthly basis and consists of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, 
central overheads and other adjusting items (as detailed in note 7). The CEO also monitors revenue within the operating segment.

The Group considers the use of a single operating segment to be appropriate due to:
-  the CEO reviewing profit or loss at the Group level;
-  utilising a centralised operating model;
-  being an integrated solutions-based business, rather than a portfolio business.

Identification of Cash Generating Units
IAS  36  “Impairment  of Assets”  requires that  assets  be  carried  on the  statement  of financial  position  at  no  more than their  recoverable 
amount. An asset or cash generating unit (CGU) is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows and is impaired when 
its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Management have identified two CGUs, being Data, Analytics, and Insights and MEED 
(an indirect subsidiary of the Group based in the United Arab Emirates). Full disclosure is provided in note 13.

Replacement Share Options
As detailed in note 24, the Remuneration Committee noted that due to the impact of COVID-19, the Group failed to meet the final share 
option target within Scheme 1 of £52m Adjusted EBITDA (pre IFRS 16) during 2020. Under normal circumstances 892,000 shares would 
have expired as at 1 January 2021, being 10 years from date of grant. However, due to the impact that COVID-19 has had on the events 
business, the Remuneration Committee believes it is fair to replace those 892,000 shares and extend the target period by an additional year. 
The Group has accounted for this under the modification principles of IFRS 2, Share Based Payments. The replacement share options were 
clearly documented as replacement options, the option holders received the same quantity of options, and at the same exercise price, and 
the vesting target of £52m is equal to the previous target. Therefore, because of these considerations the Directors believe a modification 
treatment to be appropriate.

Going concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through free cash flow. Based on cash-flow projections, the Group considers 
the existing financing facilities to be adequate to meet short-term commitments. 

The finance facilities were issued with debt covenants which are measured on a quarterly basis. There have been no breaches of covenants 
in the year  ended  31  December  2020.  Management  have  reviewed forecast  cash flows  and there  is  no  indication that there will  be  any 
breach in the next 12 months.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that there are no material uncertainties that cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date of 
approval of the financial statements. Accordingly, the Group has prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis.

68

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings. 
•  Subsidiaries  are those  entities  controlled  by the  Group.  Control  exists when the  Group  is  exposed,  or  has  rights, to variable  returns 
from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases.
Intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Where necessary, 
accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the Group’s accounting policies. 

• 

•  The results and cash flows relating to a business are included in the consolidated income statement and the consolidated statement of 

cash flows from the date of acquisition or are excluded from the date of disposal as appropriate.

b) Business combinations
The Group applies the acquisition method in accounting for business combinations. The consideration transferred by the Group to obtain 
control of a subsidiary is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair values of assets transferred, liabilities incurred and the equity 
interests issued by the Group, which includes the fair value of any asset or liability arising from a contingent consideration arrangement. 
Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are generally measured at their acquisition date fair 
values. 

c) Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable and comprises amounts derived from services performed by 
the Group during the year in the normal course of business net of discounts, VAT and sales taxes, and provisions for cancellations/credit 
notes.

•  Subscription  income  for  online  services,  data  and  analytics  is  normally  received  at  the  beginning  of  the  services  and  is  therefore 
recognised  as  a  contract  liability,  “deferred  revenue”,  on the  statement  of financial  position.  Revenue  is  recognised  evenly  over the 
period of the contractual term as the performance obligations are satisfied evenly over the term of subscription.

•  Revenue from single copy reports are recognised upon delivery. The client pays for a single static report and the company meets its 

contract obligation at the point in time the report is delivered to the client. 

•  Revenue from the provision of bespoke research services is recognised once contractual performance obligations have been delivered. 
Bespoke projects can have a single or series of different deliverables from reports, presentations or delivery of data workbooks. Revenue 
is recognised as each different contractual obligation within the series is satisfied.

•  Events revenue is recognised when the event is held in line with the contract obligations.
•  Other revenue is recognised in reference to performance obligations as contracted.

Where amounts have been invoiced in advance of services performed and the amounts are due, this is included within deferred revenue as 
a contract liability. Similarly, if the Group satisfies a performance obligation before it receives the consideration or is contractually due, the 
Group recognises a contract asset within accrued income in the statement of financial position.

The Group has recognised the incremental costs (for example commission) of obtaining sales contracts as an expense when incurred given 
the amortisation period of the contract revenue is one year or less.

d) Property, plant and equipment
Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  historic  cost,  including  expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the  acquired  item,  less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of an asset and is applied to the cost less any residual value. 
The asset classes are depreciated over the following periods:

freehold buildings – over 50 years;

• 
•  fixtures, fittings and equipment – over 3 to 5 years;
• 
leasehold improvements – over 3 to 10 years.

The useful life, the residual value and the depreciation method are reassessed at each reporting date.

Where there is an indication of impairment, the carrying value of the property, plant and equipment is compared to the higher of value in use 
and the fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying value exceeds the higher of the value in use and fair value less the costs to sell the asset 
then the asset is impaired and its value reduced.

69

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
e) Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised to the extent that it arises through a business combination and represents the difference between the consideration 
transferred and the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired. 

Goodwill  is  stated  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Goodwill  is  allocated  to  appropriate  cash  generating  units  (those 
expected  to  benefit  from  the  business  combination)  and  is  tested  annually  for  impairment.  In  testing  for  impairment,  the  recoverable 
amount of a CGU based on value-in-use calculations is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. These calculations use post-tax cash-
flow projections based on five-year financial budgets approved by management. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated 
using estimated long-term growth rates. Any impairment losses in respect of goodwill are not reversed.

Acquired intangible assets
Acquired intangible assets include software, customer relationships, brands and intellectual property (IP) rights. Intangible assets acquired 
in material business combinations are capitalised at their fair value. The Board have a policy of engaging professional advisers on acquisitions 
with a purchase price greater than £10m to advise and assist in calculating intangible asset values. The Group consistently applies the 
following methodologies for each class of identified intangible:

•  Customer relationships – Net present value of future cash flows;
• 
•  Brands – Royalty relief method.

Intellectual property – Cost to recreate the asset;

Intangible  assets  are  amortised  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  three  to  15  years  for  brands,  customer 
relationships and IP rights. Amortisation and impairment charges are accounted for within the administrative costs category within the 
income statement. Within note 7, the Group separates out amortisation of acquired intangibles from other group amortisation charges.

Computer software and websites
Non-integral  computer  software  purchases  are  capitalised  at  cost  as  intangible  assets.  The  Group  also  capitalises  development  costs 
associated  with  new  products  in  accordance  with  the  development  criteria  prescribed  within  IAS  38  “Intangible  Assets”.  These  costs 
are  amortised  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  three  years.  Costs  associated  with  implementing  or  maintaining  computer  software 
programmes  are  recognised  as  an  expense.  Amortisation  and  impairment  charges  are  accounted  for  within  the  administrative  costs 
category within the income statement.

Impairment of intangible assets
Goodwill is not subject to amortisation but is reviewed for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the 
amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value 
less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are 
separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). 

f) Taxation
Tax expense recognised in the income statement for the year comprises the sum of current and deferred tax.  

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using rates substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any 
adjustments to the tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred taxation is provided in full on temporary differences between the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and the tax base. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the temporary difference can be utilised. Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted 
by the reporting date, and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liability is settled or the deferred tax asset is realised.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
Deferred tax is not provided on temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill or on assets and liabilities other than in 
a business combination.

Tax is recognised in the income statement, except where it relates to items recognised as other comprehensive income, in which case it is 
recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income, and tax which related to items recognised in equity is recognised in equity. 
Specifically, and in line with the application of IAS 12 presentation to share based payments, tax deductions (current or deferred) up to the 
IFRS 2 cumulative remuneration expense are recognised in the income statement as the tax is viewed as linked to the remuneration event.  
However, tax deductions (current or deferred) in excess of the IFRS 2 cumulative remuneration expense are recognised in equity as the tax 
is viewed as linked to an equity item.

70

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statementsg) Foreign currencies
The results are presented in Pounds Sterling (£), which is the presentation currency of the Company and Group.

Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  Sterling  at  the  rates  of  exchange  ruling  at  the  date  of  the  transaction,  and  if  still  in 
existence at the year end the balance is retranslated at the rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Differences arising from changes 
in exchange rates during the year are taken to the income statement.

The assets and liabilities of entities with a functional currency other than Sterling are expressed in Sterling using exchange rates prevailing 
on the reporting date. Income and expense items and cash flows are translated at the average exchange rates for the period and exchange 
differences  arising  are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income. Additionally,  opening  reserves  of  entities with  a functional  currency 
other than Sterling are stated at the rate prevalent at the date of acquisition and differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive 
income. Such translation differences are recognised in the income statement in the period in which a foreign operation is disposed of.

h) Pensions
The Group contributes to defined contribution pension schemes. Contributions to these schemes are charged to the income statement as 
incurred.

The Group also operated a small defined benefit scheme, inherited from the Research Views Limited acquisition in 2018. The scheme was 
closed for future accrual. The cost of providing this benefit was determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations 
carried out on a triennial basis. Net interest was calculated by applying a discount rate to the opening net defined benefit liability or asset 
and shown in finance costs, and the administration costs are shown as a component of operating expenses. Actuarial gains and losses were 
recognised in full in the period in which they occurred, outside of the consolidated income statement and in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income. The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the 
actual deficit or surplus in the Group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from this calculation was limited to the present value of 
any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans.

i) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Group has a legal obligation or constructive obligation as a result 
of a past event. It is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle that obligation, and a reliable estimate of the 
amount can be made. Provisions are discounted if the time value of money is material. 

j) Leases 
The Group leases offices around the world, plus a small number of motor vehicles. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but 
may have termination options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. 
The lease arrangements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. 

For any new contracts entered into, the Group considers whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A lease is defined as ‘a contract, or part 
of a contract, that conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration’. To apply this 
definition, the Group assesses whether the contract meets the following criteria:
• 

the contract contains an identified asset, which is either explicitly identified in the contract or implicitly specified by being identified  
at the time the asset is made available to the Group;
the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset throughout the period of use, 
considering its rights within the defined scope of the contract;
the Group has the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. 

• 

• 

At the lease commencement date, the Group recognises the lease as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability on the statement of 
financial position. The right-of-use assets have been included in property, plant and equipment. 

The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs incurred 
by the Group, an estimate of any costs to dismantle and remove the asset at the end of the lease and any lease payments made in advance 
of the lease commencement date (net of any incentives received).  

The Group depreciates the right-of-use assets on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of the 
useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The Group also assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment when such 
indicators exist. 

71

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsAt the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments unpaid at that date, discounted 
using the interest rate implicit in the lease if that rate is readily available, or the lease-specific incremental borrowing rate. Subsequent to 
initial measurement, the liability will be reduced for payments made and increased for interest. Each lease payment is allocated between 
the  liability  and  finance  cost.  The  finance  cost  is  charged  to  the  income  statement  over  the  lease  period  so  as  to  produce  a  constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The liability is re-measured to reflect any reassessment or 
modification, or if there are changes in in-substance fixed payments. When the liability is re-measured, the corresponding adjustment is 
reflected in the right-of-use asset, or the income statement if the right-of-use asset is already reduced to zero. 

Termination options are included in a number of property leases across the Group. These options are used to maximise operational flexibility 
in terms of managing contracts. In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic 
incentive to exercise a termination option. Periods after termination options are only included in the lease term if the termination option is 
reasonably certain not to be exercised.    

The Group has elected to account for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets using the practical expedients. Payments associated 
with  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are  recognised  on  a  straight-line  basis  as  an  expense  in the  income  statement. 
Short-term leases are leases with a term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT and copying equipment with a value of less 
than £5,000. 

The Group sub-leases a number of properties in the UK; however, all of the risks and rewards of ownership have not been transferred to the 
lessee and therefore the Group recognises the head lease asset as a right-of-use asset and recognises the rental income on the sub-lease 
operating lease contracts as other income. 

k) Financial instruments 
The Group has derivative and non-derivative financial instruments which comprise foreign currency contracts, receivables, cash, loans and 
borrowings and trade payables.

Recognition and derecognition
Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  when  the  Group  becomes  a  party  to  the  contractual  provisions  of  the  financial 
instrument.  Financial  assets  are  derecognised  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  financial  asset  expire,  or  when 
the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred. A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, 
discharged, cancelled or expires.

Classification and initial measurement of financial assets
Except for those trade  receivables that  do  not  contain  a  significant financing  component  and  are  measured  at the transaction  price  in 
accordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at fair value adjusted for transaction costs (where applicable).

In the periods presented, all of the Group’s non-derivative financial assets are classified as amortised cost. Financial assets are measured at 
amortised cost if the assets meet the following conditions:
• 
• 

they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold the financial assets and collect its contractual cash flows;
the contractual terms of the financial assets give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal 
amount outstanding.

After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Discounting is omitted where the effect of 
discounting is immaterial. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables fall into this category of financial instruments.

Classification and initial measurement of financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, and, where applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Group designated a 
financial liability at fair value through profit or loss.

Cash
Cash comprises cash balances and highly liquid call deposits. Bank overdrafts that form an integral part of the Group’s cash management 
are included as a component of cash for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Derivatives are 
measured at fair values and any movement in fair value is recognised in the income statement.

72

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsImpairment of trade receivables
The Group recognises lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) for trade receivables. The ECLs on these financial assets are estimated using 
a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the receivables, general 
economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date. Additionally, 
as part of the IFRS 9 model being used, the Group recognises some provisions at 100% of the receivable balance based on the age of the 
relevant receivables, external evidence of the credit status of the customer entity and the status of any disputed amounts. The carrying 
amount is reduced by the ECL through the use of a provision account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written 
off  against the  provision  account.  Subsequent  recoveries  of  amounts  previously written  off  are  credited  against the  provision  account. 
Changes in the carrying amount of the provision are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest 
method.

l) Borrowings and borrowing costs 
Borrowings  are  recognised  initially  at  fair value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred,  and  subsequently  at  amortised  cost. Any  difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the 
borrowings using the effective interest method. 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 
months from the reporting date. 

Borrowing costs, being interest, and other costs incurred in connection with the servicing of borrowings, are recognised as an expense 
when incurred. 

m) Share based payments
The Group operates two share based compensation plans under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for 
equity instruments (options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options and 
awards is recognised as an expense in the income statement. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value 
of the options granted (fair value at the date of grant determined using the Black-Scholes model for scheme 1 and the Monte Carlo method 
for scheme 2), excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth 
targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions 
about the number of options and awards that are expected to vest. The total amount expensed is recognised over the vesting period, which 
is the period over which all of the specified existing conditions are to be satisfied. At each reporting date, the entity revises its estimates 
of the number of options and awards that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of 
the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to the share-based payments reserve 
within equity.

n) Dividends
Dividends on the Group’s ordinary shares are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements, and as a deduction from equity, in 
the period in which the dividends are declared. Where such dividends are proposed subject to the approval of the Group’s shareholders, the 
dividends are only declared once shareholder approval has been obtained.

o) Equity
Share capital is determined using the nominal value of shares that have been issued.  Premiums received on the initial issuing of share 
capital  are  credited  to  share  premium  account.    Any  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  issuing  of  shares  are  deducted  from  share 
premium, net of any related income tax benefits.

Retained earnings includes all current and prior period results as disclosed in the income statement.

p) Employee Benefit Trust 
The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Employee  Benefit  Trust  have  been  included  in  the  Group’s  financial  statements  because  the  Employee 
Benefit Trust is controlled by the Group. 

The cost of purchasing own shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are shown as a deduction in arriving at total shareholders’ equity.

q) Other income  
Other income represents rental income on sub-lease property contracts. 

73

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statementsr) Presentation of non-statutory alternative performance measures
The  Directors  believe that Adjusted  EBITDA, Adjusted  EBITDA  margin, Adjusted  profit  before tax, Adjusted  profit  after tax  and Adjusted 
earnings per share provide additional useful information on the core operational performance of the Group to shareholders, and we review 
the results of the Group using these measures internally. The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS and may not therefore be 
comparable with similarly titled profit measures reported by other companies. It is not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS 
measures of profit. 

Adjustments are made in respect of:

Share based payments

Share based payment expenses are excluded from Adjusted EBITDA as they are a  
non-cash charge, the awards are equity-settled and their effect on shareholders’  
returns is already reflected in diluted earnings per share measures.

Restructuring, M&A and refinancing costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

The Group considers these items of expense as exceptional and excludes them from 
Adjusted EBITDA where the nature of the item, or its size, is not related to the core 
underlying trading of the Group so as to assist the user of the financial statements 
to better understand the results of the core operations of the Group and allow 
comparability of underlying results.

The amortisation charge for those intangible assets recognised on business 
combinations is excluded from Adjusted EBITDA since they are non-cash 
charges arising from investment activities. These acquisitions were investment 
decisions that took place at different times over several years, and so the associated 
amortisation does not reflect the current trading performance of the Group. This is  
a common adjustment made by acquisitive information service businesses and  
therefore consistent with peers.  

Revaluation of short and long-term 
derivatives

Unrealised operating foreign exchange 
gain/loss 

Gains and losses are recognised within Adjusted EBITDA when they are realised in  
cash terms and therefore we exclude such non-cash movements arising from 
fluctuations in exchange rate, which may not reflect the underlying performance  
of the Group, and which better aligns Adjusted EBITDA to the cash performance of  
the business.

3. NEW OR REVISED STANDARDS OR INTERPRETATIONS

This report has been prepared based on the accounting policies detailed in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 
2020 and is consistent with the policies applied in the previous year, except for the following new standards. The new standards which are 
effective during the year (and have had a minimal impact on the financial statements) are:

•  Amendments to IFRS 3: Definition of Business (issued on 22 October 2018 and effective for periods on or after 1 January 2020);
•  Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards (issued on 29 March 2018 and effective for periods on or 

after 1 January 2020);

•  Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material (issued in October 2018 and effective for periods on or after 1 January 2020);
•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform (issued in September 2019 and effective for periods on or 

after 1 January 2020).

International Financial Reporting Standards (“Standards”) in issue but not yet effective 
The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective: 

•  Amendments to IFRS 16: Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions (effective for periods on or after 1 June 2020);
•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 (effective for periods on or after 

1 January 2021).

Neither of the above standards are effective and therefore they have not been applied in the financial statements. It is anticipated that there 
will be minimal impact on the financial statements from the adoption of these new and revised standards.

74

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements4. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS

The principal activity of GlobalData Plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) is to provide business information in the form of high-
quality proprietary data, analytics, and insights to clients in multiple sectors. 

IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” requires the segment information presented in the financial statements to be that which is used internally by 
the chief operating decision-maker to evaluate the performance of the business and to decide how to allocate resources. The Group has 
identified the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) as its chief operating decision-maker.

The  Group  maintains  a  centralised  operating  model  and  single  product  platform  (‘One  Platform’),  which  is  underpinned  by  a  common 
taxonomy, shared development resource, and new data science technologies. The fundamental principle of the GlobalData business model 
is to provide our clients subscription access to our proprietary data, analytics, and insights platform, with the offering of ancillary services 
such as consulting, single copy reports and events. The vast majority of data sold by the Group is produced by a central research team, 
which produces data for the Group as a whole. The team reports to one central individual, the Managing Director of the India operation, who 
reports to the Group CEO. Data, analytics, and insights is therefore considered to be the operating segment of the Group. 

The Group profit or loss is reported to the Chief Executive Officer on a monthly basis and consists of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortisation, central overheads and other adjusting items. The Chief Executive Officer also monitors revenue within the operating segment.

The Group considers the use of a single operating segment to be appropriate due to:
-  the CEO reviewing profit or loss at the Group level;
-  utilising a centralised operating model;
-  being an integrated solutions-based business, rather than a portfolio business.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to profit before tax from continuing operations is set out below:

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusting items (see note 7)

Depreciation

Amortisation (excluding amortisation of acquired intangible assets1)

Finance costs 

Profit before tax

1 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets included in Adjusting items above 

Year ended 31  
December 2020

£m
56.7

(15.6)

(7.0)

(1.1)

(4.4)

28.6

Year ended 31 
December 2019
Restated
£m
49.8

(31.4)

(4.8)

(0.9)

(4.7)

8.0

75

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsGeographical analysis
Our primary geographical markets are serviced by our global sales teams, which are organised as Europe, US and Asia Pacific by virtue of the 
team location. The below disaggregated revenue is derived from the geographical location of our customers rather than the team structure 
the Group is organised by.

From continuing operations

Year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue from external customers

Year ended 31 December 2019

Revenue from external customers

UK

£m

26.3

UK

£m

27.7

Europe

Americas1

Asia Pacific

MENA2

Rest of World

£m

49.7

£m

62.8

£m

19.2

£m

13.1

£m

7.3

Europe

Americas1 

Asia Pacific

MENA2

Rest of World

£m

49.4

£m

62.0

£m

17.7

£m

15.0

£m

6.4

Total

£m

178.4

Total

£m

178.2

1 Americas includes revenue to the United States of America of £59.7m (2019: £58.5m)

2 Middle East & North Africa

Intangible assets held in the US and Canada were £21.1m (2019: £21.5m), of which £19.7m related to Goodwill (2019: £19.7m). Intangible 
assets held in the UAE were £14.3m (2019: £15.9m) of which £11.4m related to Goodwill (2019: £11.4m). All other non-current assets are held 
in the UK. The largest customer represented less than 2% of the Group’s consolidated revenue.

76

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements5. REVENUE

The Group generates revenue from services provided over a period of time such as recurring subscriptions and other services which are 
deliverable at a point in time such as reports, events and custom research. 

Subscription income for online services, data and analytics (typically 12 months) is normally received at the beginning of the services and 
is therefore recognised as a contract liability, “deferred revenue”, on the statement of financial position. Revenue is recognised evenly over 
the period of the contractual term as the performance obligations are satisfied evenly over the term of subscription.

The revenue on services delivered at a point in time is recognised when our contractual obligation is satisfied, such as delivery of a static 
report  or  delivery  of  an  event.  The  obligation  on  these  types  of  contracts  is  a  discrete  obligation,  which  once  met  satisfies  the  Group 
performance obligation under the terms of the contract.

Any  invoiced  contracted  amounts  which  are  still  subject  to  performance  obligations  and  where  the  payment  has  been  received  or  is 
contractually due, is recognised within deferred revenue at the statement of financial position date. Typically, the Group receives settlement 
of cash at the start of each contract and standard terms are zero days. Similarly, if the Group satisfies a performance obligation before 
it  receives the  consideration  or  is  contractually  due, the  Group  recognises  a  contract  asset within  accrued  income  in the  statement  of 
financial position.

Revenue recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement

Deferred revenue recognised  
within the Consolidated Statement  
of Financial Position

Year ended 31 
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

As at 31  
December 2020

As at 31  
December 2019

£m

149.1

29.3

178.4

£m

138.9

39.3

178.2

£m

64.2

10.5

74.7

£m

57.5

11.1

68.6

Services transferred:

   Over a period of time

   Immediately on delivery

Total

As  subscriptions  are typically for  periods  of  12  months, the  majority  of  deferred  revenue  held  at  31  December will  be  recognised  in the 
income statement in the following year. As at 31 December 2020 £1.1m (2019: £0.8m) of the deferred revenue balance will be recognised 
beyond the next 12 months.  

In instances where the Group enters into transactions involving a range of the Group’s services, for example a subscription and custom 
research, the total transaction price for a contract is allocated amongst the various performance obligations based on their relative stand-
alone selling prices.

77

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements6. OPERATING PROFIT

Operating profit is stated after the following expenses relating to continuing operations:

Cost of sales

Administrative costs

Losses on trade receivables

Total operating expenses

Included within other administrative costs are the following expenses:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

(Gain)/loss (including realised and unrealised) on foreign exchange

Short-term and low-value lease expenses

Auditor’s remuneration

Auditor’s remuneration:

Audit of the Company's and the consolidated financial statements

Audit of subsidiary companies' financial statements

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31  
December 2019

£m

101.0

44.4

145.4

1.3

146.7

Restated
£m

106.8 

57.7

164.5

2.3

166.8

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31  
December 2019

£m

7.0

11.8

(0.3)

0.7

0.6

£m

4.8

17.2

2.4

1.1

0.5

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31  
December 2019

£m

0.4

0.2

0.6

£m

0.1

0.4

0.5

78

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements7. ADJUSTING ITEMS 

Restructuring costs

M&A costs

Refinancing costs

Costs of settlement of pension liabilities (note 1)

Share based payment charge 

Revaluation gain on short and long-term derivatives

Unrealised operating foreign exchange (gain)/loss 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Total adjusting items

The adjustments made are as follows:

  Year ended 31  
December 2020

£m
0.4

0.7

0.2

-

4.2

(0.3)

(0.3)

10.7

15.6

Year ended 31 
December 2019
Restated
£m
0.8

1.5

-

2.2

10.9

(1.7)

1.4

16.3

31.4

•  Restructuring relates to a £0.1m charge incurred in relation to the pension buy-in transaction, a £0.2m charge incurred in relation to 

restructuring and £0.1m of fees incurred in relation to the Employee Benefit Trust. 

•  The  M&A  costs  relate to  deferred  consideration  payments  in  respect to two  acquisitions  made  in  2018,  CHM  Research  Limited  and 

Competenet Inc.

•  Refinancing costs represent £0.2m and are in relation to the refinancing activity completed in May 2020.
•  Costs of settlement of pension liabilities reflects a charge of £2.2m in relation to the buy-in of the World Market Intelligence Limited 
defined benefit pension scheme. The scheme came into the Group as part of the acquisition of Research Views Limited and subsidiaries 
(World Market Intelligence Limited being a subsidiary of Research Views Limited) in 2018; the charge is therefore reflected as an adjusting 
item given it has arisen as part of M&A activity and relates to a corporate transaction to transfer the defined benefit obligations to a 
third party.

•  The share based payments charge is in relation to the two share based compensation plans (detailed in note 24) under which the entity 
receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services 
received in exchange for the grant of the options and awards is recognised as an expense in the income statement. The total amount 
to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted (fair value at the date of grant determined using the 
Black-Scholes model for scheme 1 and the Monte Carlo method for scheme 2), excluding the impact of any non-market service and 
performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified 
time period). 

•  The revaluation of short and long-term derivatives relates to movement in the fair value of the short and long-term derivatives detailed 

in note 16.

•  Unrealised operating foreign exchange (gains)/losses relate to non-cash exchange losses made on operating items. 

79

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements8. PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES 

Employee benefit expense

From continuing operations

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Share based payments charge (note 24)

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m
91.5

6.6

1.6

4.3

104.0

£m
89.6

6.2

1.6

10.9

108.3

Termination costs incurred during the year amounted to £0.4m (2019: £0.1m).

Pension costs represents payments made into defined contribution schemes.

Number of employees

The average monthly number of persons, including Executive Directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Researchers and analysts

Sales and admin 

9. KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

Year ended 31  
December 2020 

Year ended 31 
December 2019

No.

2,640

743

3,383

No.

             2,507 

                788 

             3,295 

Key management is defined as Directors plus all members of the Group’s Executive Management Committee. In the year ended 31 
December 2020, key management consisted of 17 employees (2019: 16 employees). 

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share based payments

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m
3.0

0.1

1.4

4.5

£m
3.3

0.1

1.3

4.7

Post-employment benefits comprise payments made into the employee’s defined contribution pension schemes.

Information regarding Directors’ remuneration, share options and bonuses are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 47 
to 49.

10. NET FINANCE COSTS

Loan interest cost

Lease interest cost

Other interest cost

Other interest income 

80

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m
2.8

1.7

-

(0.1)

4.4

£m
3.1

1.6

0.1

(0.1)

4.7

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements11. INCOME TAX

Income statement

Current income tax:

Current income tax

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred income tax:

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences

Effect of change in tax rates

Adjustments in respect of deferred tax of previous years

Movement in unrecognised deferred tax

Total income tax expense in income statement

Recognised in statement of changes in equity

Corporation tax income on share options exercised

Deferred tax income on share based payments

Total tax income recognised directly in equity

The tax charge is reconciled to the standard corporation tax rate applicable in the UK as follows:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Tax at the UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 19%)

Effects of:

Non-taxable income for tax purposes

Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes

Movement in share based payments

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings in the Group’s subsidiaries

Effect of tax rates in overseas jurisdictions

Overseas tax

Effect of change in deferred tax rates

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years

Movement in unrecognised deferred tax

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m

(6.7)

0.4

(6.3)

(1.1)

0.1

(0.1)

1.4

0.3

(6.0)

Restated

£m

(6.0)

0.2

(5.8)

2.1

-

(0.4)

(0.1)

1.6

(4.2)

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m

1.3

0.3

1.6

Restated

£m

0.8

2.9

3.7

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m

28.6

(5.4)

0.1

(0.7)

0.2

(1.1)

(0.9)

-

0.1

0.3

1.4

(6.0)

Restated
£m

8.0

(1.5)

0.3

(1.1)

(0.1)

-

(0.6)

(0.4)

(0.5)

(0.2)

(0.1)

(4.2)

81

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The calculation of the basic earnings per share is based on the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company 
divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the period. The Group also has a share options scheme in place and 
therefore the Group has calculated the dilutive effect of these options. 

Earnings per share attributable to equity  
holders from continuing operations:

Basic

Profit for the period attributable to ordinary  
shareholders of the parent company (£m)

Weighted average number of shares (no’ m)

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted

Profit for the period attributable to ordinary  
shareholders of the parent company (£m)

Weighted average number of shares (no’ m)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

Restated

22.6

116.2

19.4

22.6

124.8

18.1

3.8

116.5

3.3

3.8

125.7

3.0

Reconciliation of basic weighted average number of shares to the diluted weighted average number of shares:

Basic weighted average number of shares,  
net of shares held in Treasury reserve

Share options in issue at end of  
period, net of shares not paid up

Diluted weighted average number of shares

Year ended 31  
December 2020
No’ m

Year ended 31 
December 2019
No’ m

116.2

8.6

124.8

116.5

9.2

125.7

82

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements13. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Cost

As at 1 January 2019

Additions: Business Combinations

Additions: Separately Acquired

Fair value adjustment

Foreign currency retranslation

As at 31 December 2019

Additions: Business Combinations

Additions: Separately Acquired

Foreign currency retranslation

As at 31 December 2020

Amortisation

As at 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Foreign currency retranslation

As at 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

As at 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Software

Customer 
relationships

Brands IP rights and 
database

Goodwill

Total

£m

9.7

-

1.1

-

(0.1)

10.7

-

1.5

-

12.2

(8.1)

(0.8)

0.1

(8.8)

(1.1)

(9.9)

2.3

1.9

£m

42.6

1.0

-

-

-

43.6

0.4

-

-

44.0

(20.9)

(4.2)

-

(25.1)

(3.7)

(28.8)

15.2

18.5

£m

15.7

0.3

-

-

-

16.0

-

-

0.1

16.1

(8.2)

(1.4)

-

(9.6)

(1.1)

(10.7)

5.4

6.4

£m

47.1

1.8

-

-

-

48.9

1.3

-

-

£m

£m

222.8

337.9

4.4

-

0.1

-

227.3

0.4

-

-

7.5

1.1

0.1

(0.1)

346.5

2.1

1.5

0.1

50.2

227.7

350.2

(31.6)

(10.8)

-

(42.4)

(5.9)

(48.3)

(10.5)

-

-

(10.5)

-

(10.5)

(79.3)

(17.2)

0.1

(96.4)

(11.8)

(108.2)

1.9

6.5

217.2

216.8

242.0

250.1

Additions as a result of business combinations in the year have been disclosed in further detail in note 27.

The Group has not capitalised any internally generated intangible assets (2019: nil). As at 31 December 2020, the net book value of internally 
generated intangible assets is nil (2019: nil).

As at 31 December 2020, the carrying value and remaining amortisation period of the significant Customer relationships, Brands, and IP 
rights and database assets were as follows:

Current Analysis

Infinata

MEED

AROQ

Research Views

GlobalData

Global Ad Source

Verdict

Progressive Content

Total carrying value

Customer 
relationships

Brands

IP rights  
and database

Carrying Value

Remaining 
amortisation

Carrying  
value

Remaining 
amortisation 

Carrying  
value

Remaining 
amortisation  

Period

2 years

5 years

4 years

8 years

3-10 years

2 years

13 years

-

7 years

£m

0.5

1.1

2.9

0.8

6.6

2.7

0.2

-

0.4

15.2

£m

Period

£m

Period

-

-

-

-

-

3.8

-

1.6

-

5.4

-

-

-

-

-

10 years

-

7 years

-

-

-

-

0.7

-

-

0.1

-

1.1

1.9

-

-

-

1 year

-

-

1 year

-

4 years

83

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Impairment tests for goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill and intangibles are allocated to the cash generating unit (CGU) that is expected to benefit from the use of the asset. 

The Group tests goodwill at each reporting date for impairment and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use 
post-tax cash-flow projections based on the next financial years’ budget with growth rates applied to generate a five-year forecast. Cash 
flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using estimated long-term growth rates.

The Group operates within a single operating segment, being data, analytics, and insights. However, in accordance with IAS 36, Impairment 
of Assets, the Group has to consider impairment indicators for goodwill and intangible assets on the value of the CGUs. A CGU is defined as 
the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or 
groups of assets. Management have previously identified 8 CGUs, being Healthcare, Technology, Consumer, Construction, Energy, Financial 
Services, MEED, and Communities, which can all be traced back to acquisitions over recent years. Management are now of the opinion that 
since  acquisition  and through  being  integrated  and further  developed within the  Group, these  assets  all  contribute to  generating  cash 
inflows for the wider business, covering all subject matter areas. All subject matters are accessible through the single operating platform 
(‘One Platform’), and all products include access to a thin layer of information spanning across all markets and subjects. The exception to 
this is MEED, which continues to be classified as an individual CGU due to having separately identifiable cash flows and financial results. 
Management have therefore identified 2 CGUs, being ‘Data, Analytics, and Insights’ and MEED. Management recognise that this approach 
is different to the conclusion reached regarding the segmental reporting rationale of the Group; however, this is appropriate because the 
IFRS criteria for identifying segments and CGUs differ. There are no historical or current impairment charges as a result of this change, and 
no impairment loss would have arisen in the current year under the previous CGU approach. Management have considered whether events 
should be classified as a separate CGU, but have concluded that this is a route to market with the same underlying Data, Analytics, and 
Insights product. If management had concluded that events was a CGU, no impairment loss would have arisen in the current year.

Overall, the Group has significant headroom on its goodwill and intangibles carrying value, with the Data, Analytics, and Insights CGU having 
headroom of £854.4m and the MEED CGU having headroom of £5.2m. 

Assumptions
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value-in-use calculations, which are based on the cash-flow projections for 
each CGU. Value-in-use projections are based on Board-approved revenue and cost budgets for 2021, with revenue and cost increases to 
cover the period 2022-2025. Revenue growth rates are based on five forecast year CAGR which are based upon management's expectation 
of performance over this period. These rates are comparable with or lower than historic growth performance. Cost increases are based 
upon the OECD long-term forecast. 

The discount rate is derived by calculating weighted average costs of equity and debt. The rate reflects appropriate adjustments relating 
to market risk and risk factors of each CGU.   

A terminal value calculation has been determined post 2025 using a growth rate of 2% in accordance with the OECD long-term forecast.  

The key assumptions are set out below: 

Increase in revenue  
(for years 1 to 5)

Increase in costs  
(for years 1 to 5)

Discount rate

Terminal growth rate

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

Data, Analytics, & 
Insights

 5.67%

-*

2.00% 

2.00% 

 9.80%

-*

2.00% 

2.00% 

MEED 

 2.98%

2.98% 

 2.00%

2.00% 

 9.08%

9.63% 

2.00% 

2.00% 

*Comparative rates for increase in revenue and discount rate are not provided for the Data, Analytics, & Insights CGU given 2020 is the first 
year of reporting. 

84

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
Management has undertaken sensitivity analysis taking into consideration the impact on key impairment test assumptions arising from 
a range of possible future trading and economic scenarios on each CGU. The following individual scenarios would need to occur before 
impairment is triggered within the Group: 

Data, Analytics, & Insights

MEED 

Revenue growth  
falls by 

Discount rate  
rises to 

 (11.8%)

 (1.2%)

36.1%

 11.4%

No  indication  of  impairment  was  noted  from  management’s  review;  there  is  headroom  in  each  CGU.  Management  acknowledge  the 
sensitivity of the assumptions applied to the MEED CGU; however, management are comfortable with these assumptions and will continue 
to monitor performance regularly for any indicators of future impairment loss.  

Amortisation
Amortisation and impairment charges are accounted for within the administrative costs category within the income statement. Within note 
7, the Group separates out amortisation of acquired intangibles from other Group amortisation charges.

85

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsTotal

£m

7.4

36.0

0.6

14.3

-

(0.3)

58.0

0.2

3.8

(0.6)

(1.0)

60.4

(6.0)

(0.1)

(4.8)

0.1

0.2

(10.6)

(0.2)

(7.0)

0.2

0.7

(16.9)

43.5

47.4

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Buildings Fixtures, fittings  
& equipment

Leasehold 
Improvements

£m

-

36.0

0.5

12.7

0.1

(0.1)

49.2

-

0.3

(0.5)

(0.9)

48.1

-

-

(4.0)

-

-

(4.0)

-

(5.7)

0.1

0.6

(9.0)

39.1

45.2

£m

6.9

-

0.1

1.1

(0.1)

(0.2)

7.8

0.2

2.8

(0.1)

(0.1)

10.6

(5.9)

(0.1)

(0.7)

0.1

0.2

(6.4)

(0.2)

(1.2)

0.1

0.1

(7.6)

3.0

1.4

£m

0.5

-

-

0.5

-

-

1.0

-

0.7

-

-

1.7

(0.1)

-

(0.1)

-

-

(0.2)

-

(0.1)

-

-

(0.3)

1.4

0.8

Cost

As at 1 January 2019

Right-of-use asset recognition 

Additions: Business Combinations

Additions: Separately Acquired

Foreign currency retranslation

Disposals

As at 31 December 2019

Additions: Business Combinations

Additions: Separately Acquired

Foreign currency retranslation

Disposals

As at 31 December 2020

Depreciation

As at 1 January 2019

Additions: Business Combinations

Charge for the year 

Foreign currency retranslation

Disposals

As at 31 December 2019

Additions: Business Combinations

Charge for the year 

Foreign currency retranslation

Disposals

As at 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019

86

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsIncluded in the net carrying amount of property, plant and equipment as at 31 December 2020 are right-of-use assets as follows:

Cost

As at 31 December 2019

Additions: Separately Acquired

Disposals

Foreign currency retranslation

As at 31 December 2020

Depreciation

As at 31 December 2019

Charge for the period

Disposals

Foreign currency retranslation

As at 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019

15. LEASES 

Buildings

£m

48.7

0.3

(0.9)

(0.5)

47.6

(4.0)

(5.6)

0.6

0.1

(8.9)

38.7

44.7

The Group has leases for office buildings and motor vehicles. With the exception of short-term leases and leases of low value underlying 
assets, each lease is reflected on the statement of financial position as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The Group classifies its 
right-of-use assets in a consistent manner to its property, plant and equipment (see note 14). 

Lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

               4.1 

             35.8 

             39.9 

£m

                3.9 

              40.7 

              44.6 

The table below describes the nature of the Group’s leasing activities by type of right-of-use asset recognised on the statement of financial 
position:

No. of right-
of-use assets 
leased

Range of 
remaining 
 term

Average 
remaining 
 lease term

No. of leases 
with extension 
options

No. of 
leases with 
termination 
options

Office building

Motor vehicle

20

1

0 – 13 years

2 – 3 years

4.5 years

2.4 years

0

0

4

0

87

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
The lease liabilities are secured by the related underlying assets. Future minimum lease payments at 31 December 2020 were as follows:

As at 31 December 2020

Lease payments

Finance charges

Net present values

As at 31 December 2019

Lease payments

Finance charges

Net present values

Within 1 
year

1 to  
5 years 

After  
5 years

£m

5.6

(1.5)

4.1

£m

20.9

(4.1)

16.8

£m

21.8

(2.8)

19.0

Within 1 
year

1 to  
5 years 

After  
5 years

£m

5.7

(1.8)

3.9

£m

23.6

(5.0)

18.6

£m

25.6

(3.5)

22.1

Total

£m

48.3

(8.4)

39.9

Total

£m

54.9

(10.3)

44.6

Lease payments not recognised as a liability
The Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for short-term leases (leases with an expected term of 12 months or less) or for 
leases of low-value assets. Payments made under such leases are expensed on a straight-line basis. The expense relating to payments not 
included in the measurement of the lease liability is as follows:

Short-term and low-value lease expenses

Year ended 31  
December 2020

Year ended 31  
December 2019

£m

0.7

0.7

£m

1.1

1.1

At 31 December 2020 the Group was committed to short-term leases and the total commitment at that date was £0.1m (2019: £0.2m).

At 31 December 2020 the Group had not committed to any leases that had not yet commenced, excluding those recognised as a lease 
liability. 

The  Group  sub-lets  certain  areas  of  its  property  portfolio.   As  at  31  December  2020, the  Group  had  contracts with  sub-tenants for the 
following future minimum lease rentals:

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

5.3

11.8

£m

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

6.6

13.1

Land and Buildings

Within 1 year

Within 1 to 2 years

Within 2 to 3 years 

Within 3 to 4 years

Within 4 to 5 years

Over 5 years

88

    ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements16. DERIVATIVE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Short-term derivative assets

Short-term derivative liabilities

Net derivative asset

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

1.2

(0.1)

1.1

£m

0.9

(0.1)

0.8

Classification is based on when the derivatives mature. The fair values of derivatives are expected to impact the income statement over the 
next year, dependent on movements in the fair value of the foreign exchange contracts. The movement in the year was a £0.3m credit to 
the income statement (2019: credit of £1.7m). 

The  Group  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  to  reduce  its  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.    Forward 
exchange contracts have been entered into which has committed the below amount of currency to be paid in exchange for Sterling:

Expiring in the year ending:
31 December 2021

Euro

€m

9.7

US Dollar

$m

29.1

Forward exchange contracts have been entered into, which has committed the below amount of currency to be paid in exchange for Indian 
Rupees:

Expiring in the year ending:
31 December 2021

17. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables

Prepayments 

Other receivables

Accrued income

Related party receivables (note 28)

Sterling

US Dollar

£m

0.5

$m

13.0

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

36.2

5.3

1.1

1.4

0.9

44.9

£m

37.4

4.4

1.9

1.2

0.9

45.8

The contractual value of trade receivables is £42.3m (2019: £43.7m). Their carrying value is assessed to be £36.2m (2019: £37.4m) after 
assessing recoverability. The contractual value and the carrying value of other receivables are considered to be the same. 

The amounts owed by related parties relate to a loan that is repayable in annual instalments and is interest bearing, as detailed in note 28.

The ageing analysis of net trade receivables is as follows:

Not overdue

Not more than 3 months overdue

More than 3 months but not more than 1 year

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

29.8

6.0

0.4

36.2

£m

32.1

4.4

0.9

37.4

89

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe ageing analysis of trade receivables that have been impaired is as follows:

Not overdue

Not more than 3 months overdue

More than 3 months 

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

0.4

1.1

4.6

6.1

£m

0.2

0.6

5.5

6.3

The impaired receivables of £6.1m comprises an expected credit loss provision of £3.9m (2019: £5.1m) and credit note provision of £2.2m 
(2019: £1.2m).

The contractual amounts of the Group’s trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Pounds Sterling

US Dollar

Euro

Australian Dollar

Other

Movement on the Group’s loss allowances for trade receivables are as follows: 

Opening expected credit loss allowance

Increase in loss allowance 

Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable

Closing expected credit loss allowance

Opening credit note provision

Increase in credit note provision recognised in revenue 

Increase in credit note provision charged against deferred revenue

Credit notes raised during the year

Closing credit note provision

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

18.4

18.8

3.4

1.1

0.6

42.3

£m

16.4

21.9

3.7

0.9

0.8

43.7

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

5.1

1.3

(2.5)

3.9

£m

3.3

2.3

(0.5)

5.1

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

1.2

0.4

1.3

(0.7)

2.2

£m

0.8

0.6

1.4

(1.6)

1.2

Provisions are created and released on a specific customer level on a monthly basis when management assesses for possible impairment. 
In addition, the Group recognises lifetime expected credit losses (within the ECL provision) which are estimated using a provision matrix 
based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions 
and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date. The other classes within trade 
and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

In calculating the ECL provision, an estimate was made by management to apply an appropriate uplift to the ECL rate to take into account 
forecast  market  conditions,  including  the  expected  impact  of  COVID-19.  Management  reviewed  the  Group’s  trade  receivables  balances 
outstanding by industry, in order to calculate an uplift rate which reflected the weighted average forecast risk levels present within the 
range of industries relevant to the trade receivables balance. The ECL uplift rate calculated overall was 3.87%. If the ECL uplift rate were 
increased to 5%, this would have had an impact on the ECL provision of £0.2m.

90

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsDetails of the provision matrix are presented below: 

31 December 2020

Days

Net Exposure (£m)

ECL Rate

Provision (£m)

31 December 2019

Days

Net Exposure (£m)

ECL Rate

Provision (£m)

0-30

7.3

5.0%

0.4

0-30

7.5

2.4%

0.2

31-60

1.0

8.1%

0.1

61-90

0.4

13.7%

0.0

91-120

121-150

150-365

0.1

22.2%

0.0

0.1

32.2%

0.0

0.2

365+

0.1

Total

9.2

30.0%

100.0%

0.1

0.1

0.7

31-60

61-90

91-120

121-150

150-365

1.8

4.3%

0.1

0.5

7.4%

0.0

0.6

14.7%

0.1

0.2

29.4%

0.1

0.4

59.2%

0.2

365+

0.6

100.0%

0.6

Total

11.6

1.3

Net exposure presented in the above tables consists of gross debtors, net of specific customer provisions and unreleased deferred revenue. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2020 is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Group 
does not hold any collateral as security. Before accepting any new customer, the Group uses a credit scoring system to assess the potential 
customer's credit quality. The trade receivables outstanding at year end have acceptable credit scores. The largest customer represented 
less than 2% of the Group’s consolidated revenue. Further details on credit risk have been disclosed within note 21.

18. DEFERRED INCOME TAX

Balance brought forward

Tax income during the period recognised in profit or loss

Tax income during the period recognised directly in equity

Deferred taxes acquired in business combinations

Balance carried forward

The provision for deferred taxation consists of the tax effect of temporary differences in respect of:

Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings in the Group’s subsidiaries

Losses available for offsetting against future taxable income

Share based payments

Business combinations

Other temporary differences

Balance carried forward

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Restated

£m

3.9

0.3

0.3

(0.3)

4.2

(0.1)

(1.1)

1.0

7.7

(3.7)

0.4

4.2

£m

0.1

1.6

2.9

(0.7)

3.9

0.1

-

1.0

7.5

(4.7)

-

3.9

91

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsDeferred tax asset

Deferred tax liability

Net position

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

5.4

(1.2)

4.2

£m

8.7

(4.8)

3.9

The Group has tax losses of £6.3m (2019: £13.3m) that are available for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which 
the losses arose.

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses as they may not be used to offset taxable profits elsewhere in the 
Group; they have arisen in subsidiaries that have been loss-making for some time, and there are no other tax-planning opportunities or 
other evidence of recoverability in the near future. If the Group were able to recognise all unrecognised deferred tax assets, profit would 
increase by £1.3m (2019: £2.7m).

The  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments  in  the  Group's  overseas  subsidiaries  for  which  a  deferred  tax  liability  has  not 
been recognised (i.e. excluding the temporary differences relating to a deferred tax liability already recognised) in the periods presented 
aggregate to £9.7m (2019: £17.7m). The Group has determined that the undistributed profits of these subsidiaries will not be distributed in 
the forseeable future.

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends in either 2020 or 2019 by the Group to its shareholders.

19. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Deferred revenue

Accruals

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

8.6

2.1

74.7

14.8

100.2

£m

9.6

1.1

68.6

16.8

96.1

All amounts are short term. The carrying values are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value. 

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

4.1

5.0

9.1

35.8

70.8

106.6

£m

3.9

6.0

9.9

40.7

60.5

101.2

20.  BORROWINGS

Short-term lease liabilities

Short-term borrowings 

Current liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Non-current liabilities

92

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
The changes in the Group’s borrowings can be classified as follows:

Short-term 
borrowings

Long-term 
borrowings

Short-term  
lease liabilities1

Long-term  
lease liabilities1

1 January 2019

Cash flows:

- Repayment

- Proceeds

Non-cash:

- Loan fee amortisation

- Lease additions

- Lease liabilities2

- Reclassification

31 December 2019

Cash flows:

- Repayment

- Proceeds

- Loan fees paid

Non-cash:

- Loan fee amortisation  
   until modification date
- Fair value adjustments  
   since modification

- Lease additions

- Lease liabilities2

- Reclassification

As at 31 December 2020

£m

6.0

(6.0)

-

-

-

-

6.0

6.0

(5.3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

4.3

5.0

£m

64.3

(4.5)

6.4

0.3

-

-

(6.0)

60.5

-

15.0

(0.7)

0.1

0.2

-

-

(4.3)

70.8

£m

2.0

(4.8)

-

-

3.4

1.4

1.9

3.9

(6.1)

-

-

-

-

0.3

1.6

4.4

4.1

£m

33.7

-

-

-

9.3

(0.4)

(1.9)

40.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

(0.5)

(4.4)

35.8

Total

£m

106.0

(15.3)

6.4

0.3

12.7

1.0

-

111.1

(11.4)

15.0

(0.7)

0.1

0.2

0.3

1.1

-

115.7

1 Amounts are net of rental prepayments and accruals 

2 Represents lease interest, dilapidations and movement on lease liability accruals and prepayments

Term loan and RCF
In  May  2020, the  Group  announced that  it  had  agreed to  increase  its  current  banking facilities with  NatWest  Group,  HSBC  and  Bank  of 
Ireland, extending the current maturity to April 2023 (previously April 2022). The new arrangements increase the total committed facility to 
£145.5m (previously £100m), plus a further uncommitted accordion facility of £75m. The committed facility comprises a term loan of £50m 
and a revolving credit facility (RCF) of £95.5m.

The term loan is repayable in quarterly instalments, with total repayments due in the next 12 months of £5.0m. The outstanding term loan 
balance as at 31 December 2020 is £46.3m, with a fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 of £45.6. As at 31 December 2020, the Group had 
drawn down £30.5m of the RCF, with a fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 of £30.2m. Interest is charged on the term loan and drawn down 
RCF at a rate of 2.5% over the London Interbank Offered Rate.

In accordance with IFRS 9, Management have performed a comparison of the fair value of the new debt with the old debt to determine 
whether there has been a substantial modification requiring derecognition. The assessment concluded that there has not been a substantial 
modification; the difference between the fair value of the new debt with the old debt was £0.0m.

93

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements21. FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The  Group  is  exposed  to  foreign  currency,  interest  rate,  liquidity,  credit  and  equity  risks.  Each  of  these  risks,  the  associated  financial 
instruments and the management of those risks are detailed below. 

The Group’s financial instruments are classified under IFRS, all at amortised cost, as follows: 

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Non-current assets

Related party receivables

Current assets

Cash

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Related party receivables

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Short-term borrowings 

Accruals

Non-current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

£m

0.9

0.9

17.7

36.2

1.1

0.9

55.9

(8.6)

(5.0)

(14.8)

(28.4)

(70.8)

(70.8)

£m

1.9

1.9

11.2

37.4

1.9

0.9

51.4

(9.6)

(6.0)

(16.8)

(32.4)

(60.5)

(60.5)

The Group’s financial instruments are classified under IFRS, at fair value, as follows: 

Current assets

Short-term derivative assets

Current liabilities

Short-term derivative liabilities

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

1.2

1.2

(0.1)

(0.1)

£m

0.9

0.9

(0.1)

(0.1)

94

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Maturity analysis

31 December 2020

Less than 1 month

1 to 3 months

Non-current assets

Related party receivables

Current assets

Cash

Short-term derivative assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Related party receivables

Current liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Short-term derivative liabilities

Trade accounts payable

Accruals

Non-current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

£m

-

17.7

0.1

19.6

-

0.9

-

-

(3.9)

-

-

34.4

£m

-

-

0.5

13.2

1.1

-

(1.8)

(0.1)

(4.7)

(14.8)

-

(6.6)

31 December 2019

Less than 1 month

1 to 3 months

Non-current assets

Related party receivables

Current assets

Cash

Short-term derivative assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Related party receivables

Current liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Short-term derivative liabilities

Trade accounts payable

Accruals

Non-current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

£m

1.9

11.2

-

25.6

-

0.9

-

-

(3.1)

-

-

36.5

£m

-

-

0.3

10.3

1.9

-

(2.0)

(0.1)

(6.5)

(16.8)

-

(12.9)

3 months  
to 1 year

£m

-

-

0.6

3.4

-

-

(5.2)

-

-

-

-

(1.2)

3 months  
to 1 year

£m

-

-

0.6

1.5

-

-

(6.0)

-

-

-

-

(3.9)

1 to  
5 years

£m

0.9

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(73.2)

(72.3)

1 to  
5 years

£m

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(63.1)

(63.1)

Total

£m

0.9

17.7

1.2

36.2

1.1

0.9

(7.0)

(0.1)

(8.6)

(14.8)

(73.2)

(45.7)

Total

£m

1.9

11.2

0.9

37.4

1.9

0.9

(8.0)

(0.1)

(9.6)

(16.8)

(63.1)

(43.4)

The long-term borrowing’s contractual features are detailed in note 20 and it is not expected that those loans will be repaid within a year, 
or until replaced with equivalent debt or equity financing. The debt shown in the table above is inclusive of the projected interest payments 
in accordance with IFRS 7 (interest on short and long-term borrowings £4.4m (2019: £4.7m)). 

95

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
Reclassifications
There have been no reclassifications between financial instrument categories during the years ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 
2019.

Fair value of financial instruments
Financial instruments are either carried at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment, or fair value. 

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique: 
•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or 

indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: techniques that use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market 

data. 

As  at  31  December  2020, the  only financial  instruments  measured  at fair value were  derivative financial  assets/liabilities  and these  are 
classified as Level 2.

Type of Financial  
Instrument at Level 2

Measurement technique

Main assumptions

Main inputs used

Derivative assets and liabilities

Present-value method

Determining the present value 
of financial instruments as the 
current value of future cash 
flows, taking into account 
current market exchange rates

Observable market exchange 
rates

Cash, trade receivables, trade accounts payable and borrowings
The carrying amounts of cash, trade receivables and trade payables are approximately equivalent to their fair value because of the short 
term to maturity. In the case of borrowings, the floating rate of interest (LIBOR plus margin) allows the carrying value to approximate to fair 
value. 

Market risk
The Group is exposed to market risk primarily from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. 

Currency risk
The Group’s primary objective in managing foreign currency risk is to protect against the risk that the eventual Pounds Sterling net cash 
flows will be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Due to the Group’s operations in India, the Group has entered 
into foreign exchange contracts that limit the risk from movements in US Dollars and Sterling with the Indian Rupee exchange rate. The 
Group additionally enters into foreign exchange contracts that limit the risk from movements in US Dollars and Euros with Pounds Sterling.

The Group’s exposure to foreign currencies arising from financial instruments is:

31 December 2020

Exposures

Cash

Short and long-term  
derivative assets/(liabilities)

Trade receivables

Trade accounts payable

Net exposure

USD

£m

4.2

1.1

18.9

(0.3)

23.9

EUR

£m

0.7

-

3.4

-

4.1

Other

£m

5.0

-

0.7

(0.5)

5.2

Total

£m

9.9

1.1

23.0

(0.8)

33.2

96

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements31 December 2019

Exposures

Cash

Short and long-term derivative assets/
(liabilities)

Trade receivables

Trade accounts payable

Net exposure

USD

£m

4.2

0.6

21.7

(0.3)

26.2

EUR

£m

0.6

0.2

3.9

-

4.7

Other

£m

4.1

-

1.3

(0.2)

5.2

Forecast sales and purchases in foreign currencies have not been included in the table above as they are not financial instruments.

As at 31 December, a movement of 10% in Sterling would impact the income statement as detailed in the table below:

Impact on profit before income tax:

USD

EUR

                                  10% decrease

                                  10% increase

2020

£m

2.6

0.4

3.0

2019

£m

2.9

0.5

3.4

2020

£m

(2.2)

(0.4)

(2.6)

Total

£m

8.9

0.8

26.9

(0.5)

36.1

2019

£m

(2.4)

(0.4)

(2.8)

This analysis assumes a movement in Pounds Sterling across all currencies and only includes the effect of foreign exchange movements on 
financial instruments. All other variables remain constant.

Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its overdraft and the outstanding syndicated loans and also lease liabilities. The Group does not 
manage this risk with the use of derivatives. No other liabilities accrue interest. The table below shows how a movement in interest rates of 
100 basis points would impact the income statement based on the additional interest expense for the year then ended:

                                                 100 basis point decrease                                       100 basis point increase

Impact on:

Net earnings before income tax

This analysis assumes all other variables remain constant.

2020

£m

0.8

2019

£m

1.1

2020

£m

(0.8)

2019

£m

(1.1)

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk represents the Group’s ability to meet its contractual obligations. The Group evaluates its liquidity requirements on an ongoing 
basis. In general, the Group generates sufficient cash flows from its operating activities to meet its financial liabilities.

The Group’s main source of financing for its working capital requirements is free cash flow. 

The  Group’s  exposure  to  liquidity  risk  arises  from  trade  accounts  payable  and  syndicated  loans.  All  contractual  cash  flows  from  trade 
accounts payable are the same as the carrying value of the liability due to their short-term nature. 

At 31 December 2020, the Group has a revolving credit facility of £30.5m and a £50.0m term loan (of which £46.2m is outstanding as at 
31 December 2020). See note 20 for further details.

97

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsCredit risk
In the normal course of its business, the Group incurs credit risk from cash and trade and other receivables. The Group’s financial instruments 
do not have significant concentration of risk with any related parties.  

£56.8m of the Group’s assets are subject to credit risk (31 December 2019: £53.3m). The Group does not hold any collateral over these 
amounts. See note 17 for further details of the Group’s receivables. 

The Group operates a credit risk management process within the finance and credit control teams. The process starts prior to a contract 
being  entered  into, whereby factors  such  as  company  size,  location  and  payment  history  are taken  into  account  before the  contract  is 
signed.  Following  the  commencement  of  contract,  which  is  usually  signed  on  a  zero  day  payment  policy  unless  other  agreements  are 
reached, the credit control team will monitor debt in reference to the due date. When the credit control team start to assess that the debt is 
becoming more of a credit risk (usually around 90 days after due date or sooner if escalated) it is then escalated to our internal debt recovery 
team. At this point the debt recovery team will review on a debt-by-debt basis taking into consideration:

the responses received back from the client;
internal responses from the client service and account management team;
the status of the transfer of services, such as delays and disputes; and

• 
• 
• 
•  a reassessment of credit worthiness.

The debt recovery team and credit manager will then decide whether an impairment is made, but the team will continue to pursue the debt 
and also use means such as legal advice to further advance the process. In cases such as contract errors or delivery disputes, whereby we 
are either at fault or a commercial decision to appease the client has been made, credit notes are issued.

Following  the  detailed  line-by-line  review  of  debts  and  potential  impairment,  an  overall  review  will  be  made  for  the  reasonableness  of 
provision for potential credit write-off based upon the write-off as a percentage of revenue which guides management as to the general 
trend of credit write-off. The write-off history, including 2020, is shown as below:

Revenue (£m)

Provision added  
for bad debt (£m)

% of revenue

2020

178.4

1.7

1.0%

2019

     178.2 

2.9

1.6%

2018

157.6

2.4

1.5%

2017

118.6

0.8

0.7%

2016

100.0

0.9

0.9%

2015

60.5

0.8

1.4%

2014

63.2

2.3

3.6%

Management have provided for all debts greater than 1 year, except for instances whereby there is sufficient reasonable grounds of recovery. 
This will be assessed by the nature of the debts and communication between the Group and the clients involved.

Once the debt recovery team have explored all particular avenues of recovery, including legal advice and professional recovery services, 
and the debt is deemed completely unrecoverable, the amount is fully written off from the debt ledger and from within the provision.

At each year end and half year, management will assess for further impairment based upon expected credit loss over and above the specific 
impairments noted through the year. Management also take into account forward-looking information (including macro-economic data) 
when making this assessment.  

The Group considers the current level of its allowance for doubtful debts to be adequate to cover expected credit losses on trade receivables. 
Bad debt expenses are reported in the income statement.

The Group’s financial instruments do not have significant concentration of risk with any related parties.  

Equity risk
It  is the  Group’s  policy to  maintain  a  strong  capital  base  so  as to  maintain  investor,  creditor  and  market  confidence  and to  sustain the 
development of the business. See note 23 for further details of the Group’s equity. The impact of the sensitivity analysis noted in the various 
risk categories above would impact the income statement for the year.

98

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements22. PROVISIONS

The movement in the provisions is as follows:

At 1 January 2019

Increase in provision

Utilised

Release of unutilised provision

At 31 December 2019

Increase in provision

At 31 December 2020

Current:

Non-current:

Onerous leases

Dilapidations
Right-of-use 
assets

Dilapidations
Other

£m

0.2

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

-

-

-

-

-

£m

-

0.4

-

-

0.4

-

0.4

0.1

0.3

£m

0.6

0.1

(0.1)

(0.4)

0.2

0.1

0.3

0.1

0.2

Total

£m

0.8

0.5

(0.2)

(0.5)

0.6

0.1

0.7

0.2

0.5

Dilapidations
Provision has been made for the net present value of future dilapidations that are owed due to legal or constructive obligations under the 
Group’s operating leases of office premises. The provision is expected to be utilised over the period to the end of each specific lease, over 
a period of less than one to 14 years.

23. EQUITY

Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

                             31 December 2020

                                   31 December 2019

No’000

£000s

No’000

£000s

Ordinary shares (1/14th pence)

Deferred shares of £1.00 each

Total allotted, called up and fully paid

118,303

100

118,403

84

100

184

118,303

100

118,403

84

100

184

Share purchases
As detailed in note 24, during the period, the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust purchased an aggregate amount of 2,102,250 shares at a total 
market value of £23.7m. The purchased shares will be held for the purpose of satisfying the exercise of share options under the Company’s 
Employee Share Option Plan. 

In May 2020, 1.8m outstanding share options held by GlobalData employees vested in accordance with the Adjusted EBITDA target being 
satisfied under Tranche 2b and approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Group satisfied all of the share options exercised using the 
shares held by the Trust. Movements to the treasury reserve and retained earnings have arisen on the accounting for the vesting of the 
options as detailed in the Statement of Changes in Equity. This recognises the fact that no current year expense is incurred, as the vesting 
of options is a transaction with shareholders only.

Capital management
The Group’s capital management objectives are:
• 
• 

to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern; and
to fund future growth and provide an adequate return to shareholders and, when appropriate, distribute dividends.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt, which includes borrowings (note 20) and cash and cash equivalents, and equity.

The Company has two classes of shares. The ordinary shares carry no right to fixed income and each share carries the right to one vote at 
general meetings of the Company. 

99

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe deferred shares do not confer upon the holders the right to receive any dividend, distribution or other participation in the profits of the 
Company. The deferred shares do not entitle the holders to receive notice of, or to attend and speak or vote, at any general meeting of the 
Company. On distribution of assets on liquidation or otherwise, the surplus assets of the Company remaining after payments of its liabilities 
shall be applied first in repaying to holders of the deferred shares the nominal amounts and any premiums paid up or credited as paid up 
on such shares; and second the balance of such assets shall belong to, and be distributed among, the holders of the ordinary shares in 
proportion to the nominal amounts paid up on the ordinary shares held by them respectively.

There are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding, nor on the transfer of shares, which are both governed by the general provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. The Directors are not aware of any agreements between holders of the Company’s 
shares that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on voting rights. 

No person has any special rights of control over the Company’s share capital and all its issued shares are fully paid. 

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the Companies Act 
2006 and related legislation. The Articles themselves may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders. The powers of Directors 
are described in the Board Terms of Reference, copies of which are available on request. 

Dividends
The final dividend for 2019 was 10.0p per share and was paid in June 2020. The total dividend for the current year is 17.0 pence per share, 
with an interim dividend of 5.4 pence per share paid on 2 October 2020 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 28 
August 2020. A final dividend of 11.6 pence per share will be paid on 23 April 2021 to shareholders on the register at the close of business 
on 26 March 2021. The ex-dividend date will be on 25 March 2021.

Following  the  year  end,  the  Directors  became  aware  that  the  Company  had  made  unlawful  distributions  in  2018,  2019  and  2020  on 
account  of the fact that  it  had  incorrectly  included  reserves  arising from  share  based  payments,  relating to  employees  of  subsidiaries, 
as distributable and had not filed interim accounts in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006 to demonstrate sufficient 
reserves were available for distribution. Therefore, during the period from May 2018 through to January 2021, contributions made to the 
Employee Benefit Trust, in order to buy back shares to satisfy the employee share options plan, and distributions by way of dividends were 
unlawful distributions in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006.  

In order to correct the position, the Company will file interim accounts with Companies House in advance of the Annual General Meeting 
to  demonstrate  it  has  sufficient  reserves.  At  the  Company’s  Annual  General  Meeting,  on  20  April  2021,  the  Company  shall  propose  a 
resolution to remove any right the Company may have to claim from Directors and Shareholders in respect of the relevant contributions 
and distributions. The payments deemed to be unlawful during this period were £7.1m in 2018, £18.3m in 2019, £34.8m in 2020 and £0.3m 
in  January  2021.  Upstream  dividends  will  be  paid  in  advance  of  the  interim  accounts  to  create  additional  distributable  reserves  in  the 
Company and the resolutions, if passed, will regularise the matter.

Share premium
Proceeds received in addition to the nominal value of shares issued have been included in the share premium account. 

Merger reserve
The merger reserve contains the premium on the shares issued in consideration for the purchase of GlobalData Holding Limited in 2016 and 
the premium on the shares issued in consideration for the purchase of Research Views Limited and its subsidiaries in 2018.

Treasury reserve
The treasury reserve represents the cost of shares held in the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust for the purpose of satisfying the exercise of 
share options under the Company’s Employee Share Option Plan.

Other reserve
Other reserves consist of a reserve created upon the reverse acquisition of the TMN Group Plc in 2009. The parent company's reserve differs 
from this due to the restatement of consolidated reserves at the time of the reverse acquisition. The parent company other reserve was 
generated in 2008 upon the issue of shares to fund acquisitions.

The disclosures above are for both the Group and the Company.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve contains the translation differences that arise upon translating the results of subsidiaries with a 
functional currency other than Pounds Sterling. Such exchange differences are recognised in the income statement in the period in which 
a foreign operation is disposed of.

100

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
24. SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

Scheme 1
The Group created a share option scheme during the year ended 31 December 2010 and granted the first options under the scheme on 
1 January 2011 to certain senior employees. Each option granted converts to one ordinary share on exercise. A participant may exercise 
their options subject to employment conditions and Adjusted EBITDA targets being met.  For these options to be exercised, the Group’s 
earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, as adjusted by the Remuneration Committee for significant or one-off 
occurrences, must exceed certain targets. The fair values of options granted were determined using the Black-Scholes model. The inputs 
used in the model were:

•  share price at date of grant;
•  exercise price;
• 
•  annual risk-free interest rate; and
•  annualised volatility.

time to maturity;

The following assumptions were used in the valuation:

Award Tranche

Grant Date

Fair Value  
of Share Price  
at Grant Date

Exercise Price 
(Pence)

Estimated  
Forfeiture  
rate p.a.

Weighted Average 
of Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(Years)

Award 1

Award 3

Award 4

Award 6

Award 7

Award 8

Award 9 

Award 10

Award 11

Award 12

Award 13

Award 14

Award 15

Award 16

Award 17

Award 18

Award 19

Award 20

Award 21

Award 22

Award 23

Award 24

Award 25

Award 26

Award 27

Award 28

1 January 2011

1 May 2012

7 March 2014

22 September 2014

9 December 2014

31 December 2014

21 April 2015

28 September 2015

17 March 2016

17 March 2016

21 October 2016

21 March 2017

21 March 2017

21 March 2017

21 September 2017

20 March 2018

20 March 2018

23 October 2018

23 October 2018

23 October 2018

19 March 2019

22 October 2019

14 February 2020

23 March 2020

23 June 2020

22 September 2020

£1.089

£1.866

£2.550

£2.525

£2.075

£2.025

£1.980

£2.420

£2.380

£2.380

£4.300

£5.240

£5.240

£5.240

£5.540

£5.910

£5.910

£5.270

£5.270

£5.270

£5.860

£8.189

£12.500

£9.080

£13.910

£14.260

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

Awards 2 and 5 have been fully forfeited.

The  estimated  forfeiture  rate  assumption  is  based  upon  management’s  expectation  of  the  number  of  options  that  will  lapse  over  the 
vesting period. The assumptions were determined when the scheme was set up in 2011 and are reviewed annually. Management believe the 
current assumptions to be reasonable based upon the rate of lapsed options and proximity to the vesting targets.

101

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsEach of the awards are subject to the vesting criteria set by the Remuneration Committee. In order for the remaining options to be exercised, 
the Group’s earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation, as adjusted by the Remuneration Committee for significant 
or one-off occurrences, must exceed the remaining target of £52m in any one year before the end of the period in which the options are 
exercisable, which is generally 10 years from the date of the grant (£52m target excludes the impact of IFRS 16).

The Remuneration Committee noted that due to the impact of COVID-19, the Group failed to meet the final target of £52m Adjusted EBITDA 
(pre-IFRS 16) during 2020. Under normal circumstances, 892,000 shares would have expired as at 1 January 2021, being 10 years from 
date of grant. However, due to the impact that COVID-19 has had on the events business, the Remuneration Committee believes it is fair to 
replace those 892,000 shares and extend the target period by an additional year. The Group has accounted for this under the modification 
principles of IFRS 2, Share Based Payments.

The  replacement  share  options were  clearly  documented  as  replacement  options; the  same  option  holders  received the  same  quantity 
of options, and at the same exercise price, and the vesting target of £52m is equal to the previous target. Therefore, because of these 
considerations, the Directors believe a modification treatment to be appropriate.

Group Achieves  
£10m Adjusted EBITDA

Group Achieves  
£32m Adjusted EBITDA

Group Achieves  
£41m Adjusted EBITDA1

Group Achieves  
£52m Adjusted EBITDA1

Awards 1-4

20% Vest

Award 6

Award 7

Award 8

Award 9

Award 10

Award 12

Award 13

Award 14

Award 15

Award 16

Award 17

Award 18

Award 19

Award 20

Award 21

Award 22

Award 23

Award 24

Award 25

Award 26

Award 27

Award 28

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

20% Vest

25% Vest

20% Vest

25% Vest

20% Vest

N/a

17.5% Vest

17.5% Vest

17.5% Vest

12.5% Vest

25% Vest

10% Vest

10% Vest

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

20% Vest

25% Vest

20% Vest

25% Vest

20% Vest

N/a

17.5% Vest

17.5% Vest

17.5% Vest

12.5% Vest

25% Vest

10% Vest

10% Vest

N/a

N/a

14% Vest

33% Vest

10% Vest

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

40% Vest

50% Vest

60% Vest

50% Vest

60% Vest

100% Vest

65% Vest

65% Vest

65% Vest

75% Vest

50% Vest

80% Vest

80% Vest

100% Vest

100% Vest

86% Vest

67% Vest

90% Vest

100% Vest

100% Vest

100% Vest

100% Vest

100% Vest

Note 1: Excluding the impact of IFRS 16

Award 11 relates to options awarded to Chairman Bernard Cragg during 2016. These do not carry any performance obligations and vest 
at a point in time; 125,000 options vested on 31 January 2019 and the remaining 125,000 vested on 31 January 2021 but have not been 
exercised. 

The total charge recognised for the scheme during the twelve months to 31 December 2020 was £2.8m (2019: £10.8m). The awards of the 
scheme are settled with ordinary shares of the Company. 

During the period, the Group purchased an aggregate amount of 2,102,250 shares at a total market value of £23.7m. The purchased shares 
will be held in treasury and in the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust for the purpose of satisfying the exercise of share options under the 
Company’s Employee Share Option Plan.

102

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Reconciliation of movement in the number of options is provided below.

31 December 2019

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

31 December 2020

Option price (pence)

Number of options

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

8,853,882

253,750

(1,847,712)

(319,083)

6,940,837

The following table summarises the Group’s share options outstanding at each year end:

Reporting date

31 December 2011

31 December 2012

31 December 2013

31 December 2014

31 December 2015

31 December 2016

31 December 2017

31 December 2018

31 December 2019

31 December 2020

Options  
outstanding

Option price  
(pence)

Remaining life  
(years)

5,004,300

4,931,150

4,775,050

8,358,880

7,557,840

9,450,183

10,621,857

10,808,861

8,853,882

6,940,837

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

3.7

4.3

3.3

2.5

2.5

3.2

2.2

1.4

1.0

1.0

In May 2020, 1.8m outstanding share options held by GlobalData employees vested in accordance with the Adjusted EBITDA target being 
satisfied under Tranche 2b and approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Group satisfied all of the share options exercised using the 
shares held by the Trust. Movements to the treasury reserve and retained earnings have arisen on the accounting for the vesting of the 
options as detailed in the Statement of Changes in Equity. This recognises the fact that no current year expense is incurred, as the vesting 
of options is a transaction with shareholders only.

Scheme 2 - 2019 scheme
In October 2019 the Group created and announced a new share option scheme and granted the first options under the scheme on 31 October 
2019 to certain senior employees. Each option granted converts to one ordinary share on exercise. A participant may exercise their options 
subject to employment conditions and performance targets being met. For these options to be exercised the Group’s share price must reach 
certain targets. The fair values of options granted were determined using the Monte Carlo method. The inputs used in the model were:

•  grant date; 
•  vesting date;
•  performance start and end date;
•  expected term; 
• 
risk free rate;
•  dividend yield;
•  volatility; and
•  share price at date of grant.

The awards shall vest based upon the following performance conditions being satisfied: 
• 

100% of the shares subject to the award will vest, provided the compounded annual growth in the Group’s TSR performance over the 
5-year performance period is equal to or exceeds 16% per annum compounded (the '5-Year TSR Target'); 
the 5-Year TSR Target will be measured by taking a base-line price per share of 830p and comparing it with the sum of the average 
closing price of a share derived from the ‘official list’ over the period of 20 trading days, commencing on the business day on which the 
Group announces its annual results for the period ending 31 December 2024, and all dividends paid during the performance period. 

• 

103

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsTo the extent that the 5-year TSR Target has not been met, the awards will not vest. If any of the events pursuant to the rules covering 
‘takeovers and other corporate events’ occur during the performance period or prior to the vesting date, awards shall vest as follows: 
•  where the 5-year TSR Target has been met at the date of the relevant event, 100% of the awards shall vest; 
•  where  the  5-year  TSR  Target  has  not  been  achieved,  but  a  16%  compound  annual  TSR  has  been  met  over  the  period  from  the 
commencement of the performance period, awards shall vest on a pro-rata basis to reflect the proportion of the performance period 
that has elapsed, although the Company shall have discretion to waive such time pro-rating if they consider it appropriate.

The following assumptions were used in the valuation:

Award Tranche

Grant Date

Fair Value  
of Share Price  
at Grant Date

Exercise Price 
(Pence)

Estimated  
Forfeiture  
rate p.a.

Weighted Average 
of Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(Years)

Award 1

Award 2

Award 3

Award 4

Award 5

Award 6

31 October 2019

7 May 2020

25 May 2020

23 June 2020

22 September 2020

17 November 2020

£2.02

£4.62

£5.50

£6.12

£6.35

£7.12

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0.0714p

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

4.0

4.0

4.0

4.0

4.0

4.0

The  estimated  forfeiture  rate  assumption  is  based  upon  management’s  expectation  of  the  number  of  options  that  will  lapse  over  the 
vesting period and are reviewed annually. Management believe the current assumptions to be reasonable.

The total charge recognised for the scheme during the twelve months to 31 December 2020 was £1.4m (2019: £0.1m). The awards of the 
scheme are settled with ordinary shares of the Company. 

Reconciliation of movement in the number of options is provided below.

31 December 2019

Granted

31 December 2020

Option price (pence)

Number of options

1/14th

1/14th

1/14th

1,400,000

1,625,000

3,025,000

The following table summarises the Group’s share options outstanding at each year end:

Reporting date

31 December 2019

31 December 2020

Options outstanding

Option price (pence)

Remaining life (years)

1,400,000

3,025,000

1/14th

1/14th

5.00

4.00

25. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2020 (2019: £nil).

104

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements26. RETIREMENT BENEFIT SCHEMES

As  a  result  of the  Research Views  Limited  acquisition  in  March  2018, the  Group  has  a  final  salary  defined  benefit  pension  scheme, the 
Progressive Media Markets Limited Pension Scheme. 

The scheme operates within the standard UK regulatory framework for employer-sponsored pension schemes. Funding rates are agreed 
between the scheme’s trustees and the Company, based on a prudent assessment of the scheme liabilities. The scheme is no longer open 
to future accrual, closing on 31 August 2017. 

On  16  December  2019,  the  Group  entered  into  an  irrevocable  agreement  to  sell  the  defined  benefit  pension  scheme  of  World  Market 
Intelligence Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, to Just Retirement Limited (“Just”) through a two-step buy-out transaction under which all 
risks in relation to the scheme are transferred to Just.  The first step of the transaction involved the acquisition of a qualifying insurance 
policy that will cover the future pension obligations of the scheme (the “buy-in” step), at cash cost to the Group of £1.3m subject to an 
adjusting payment on completion. The buy-out step, which will see the transfer of the scheme liabilities to the insurer, was completed on 
22 February 2021. This transaction has been accounted for as a settlement. A charge of £2.2m has been recognised as a settlement cost, 
being the difference between the amount paid and the liability at the settlement date.  The prior year income statement has been restated 
to reflect this loss of £2.2m in the income statement.  

Previously, the loss of £2.2m was recognised in other comprehensive income offset by the reversal of an asset ceiling, recorded to limit 
the pension surplus able to be recognised under IFRSs, in the amount of £0.9m. As such, an overall entry of £1.3m was recognised in other 
comprehensive income in the prior year.  The reversal of the asset ceiling of £0.9m through other comprehensive income is not impacted 
by the restatement as this may not offset any loss recorded in the income statement in respect of this transaction. The Group incurred legal 
and professional fees of £0.1m in relation to the transaction. 

The Trustees are required to carry out an actuarial valuation every three years. An actuarial valuation was carried out for IAS 19 purposes 
as at 31 December 2020. 

The Group’s contribution to the scheme since acquisition was £nil. 

The scheme was exposed to a number of risks and sensitivities against which the Group has eliminated its exposure through sale of the 
scheme. The risks and sensitivities included: 

• 
• 
• 

investment risk – movement of discount rate used against the return from plan assets; 
interest rate risk – decreases/increases in the discount rate used will increase/decrease the defined benefit obligation;  
longevity risk – changes in the estimation of mortality rates of current and former employees.

Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations are as follows:

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Opening defined benefit obligation

Interest expense on defined benefit obligation

Benefits paid

Past service cost

Re-measurement

Closing defined benefit obligation

£m

(4.7)

(0.1)

0.1

-

(0.5)

(5.2)

£m

(5.1)

(0.1)

0.9

-

(0.4)

(4.7)

105

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsChanges in the present value of defined benefit assets are as follows:

Opening fair value of plan assets 

Interest income on plan assets

Re-measurement

Contributions paid by the Group

Benefits paid

Closing fair value of scheme assets

The full value of the closing assets is represented by a bulk annuity contract.

Defined benefit obligation

Fair value of scheme assets 

Net defined benefit asset

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

4.7

0.1

0.5

-

(0.1)

5.2

£m

6.0

0.1

(1.8)

1.3

(0.9)

4.7

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

(5.2)

5.2

-

£m

(4.7)

4.7

-

Net interest income of nil (2019: nil) has been incurred on the assets of the scheme in the year with a past service cost of nil (2019: nil). The 
net loss on re-measurement of scheme assets and obligations is nil (2019: £2.2m).

Re-measurement of obligation

Re-measurement of asset

Loss recognised in the income statement

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

(0.5)

0.5

-

£m

(0.4)

(1.8)

(2.2)

The assumptions that have the most significant effect on the result of the IAS 19 valuation for the scheme are those relating to the discount 
rate, the rates of increases in price inflation and pensions and life expectancy. The main assumptions adopted are:

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Discount rate

RPI inflation rate

CPI inflation rate

Increases to pensions in deferment:

- Non-GMP* accrued before 6 April 2009

- Non-GMP* accrued on or after 6 April 2009

Increases to pensions in payment:

- Pre 88 GMP*

- Post 88 GMP*

- Pre 97 Excess

- Post 97

Life expectancy:

- Male currently aged 65

- Female currently aged 65

- Male currently aged 45

- Female currently aged 45

*GMP: Guaranteed minimum pension

106

% pa

1.2%

3.2%

2.2%

2.2%

2.2%

Nil

3.0%

3.0%

3.0%

87

89

88

91

% pa

2.0%

3.4%

2.4%

2.4%

2.4%

Nil

3.0%

3.0%

3.0%

87

89

88

90

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe value of liabilities depends on the assumptions used, and is sensitive to certain key assumptions. The table below illustrates the impact 
on the liabilities of a change in each of the assumptions in isolation. Note that, given the buy-in, the value placed on the assets has also 
changed to leave the net position broadly unchanged.

Change

Discount rate by 0.25% p.a.

Inflation by 0.25% p.a.

Increase life expectancy by 1 year

27. ACQUISITIONS

Increase in assumption

Decrease in assumption

(3.5%)

0.5%

5.5%

3.8%

(1.1%)

(5.4%)

Progressive Content Limited
On 7 May 2020, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Progressive Content Limited for cash consideration of £1. The acquisition 
was made in order to act as a catalyst for new business opportunities and to strengthen and support the existing Group. 

The amounts recognised for each class of assets and liabilities at the acquisition date were as follows:

Carrying Value

Fair Value 
Adjustments

Fair Value

Intangible assets consisting of:

Customer relationships

Intellectual property and content

Net assets acquired consisting of:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax

Fair value of net (liabilities)/assets acquired

The goodwill recognised in relation to the acquisition is as follows:

Consideration 

Plus net liabilities acquired 

Goodwill

£m

-

-

0.1

1.1

(2.9)

-

(1.7)

£m

0.4

1.3

-

(0.2)

-

(0.2)

1.3

£m

0.4

1.3

0.1

0.9

(2.9)

(0.2)

(0.4)

Fair Value

£m

-

0.4

0.4

In line with the provision of IFRS 3, fair value adjustments may be required within the 12-month period from the date of acquisition. Any 
fair value adjustments will result in an adjustment to the goodwill balance reported above. The goodwill that arose on the combination can 
be attributed to the assembled workforce, know-how and research methodology. The fair values of the identified intangible assets were 
calculated in line with the policies detailed on page 70.

The Group incurred legal expenses of £2,000 in relation to the acquisition. In the period from the date of acquisition to 31 December 2020, 
the trade of Progressive Content Limited generated revenues of £2.2m and loss before tax of £1.7m. 

Progressive Content Limited was an entity under common control at the time of acquisition, by virtue of being controlled by Mike Danson. 
IFRS 3 scopes out combinations of entities under common control. The Group has therefore applied IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes 
in Accounting  Estimates  and  Errors’  and  used  management  judgement  in  developing  and  applying  an  accounting  policy that  results  in 
information which is reliable and relevant. Management have determined it is most appropriate to follow the principles of IFRS 3 and apply 
acquisition accounting for acquisitions of entities under common control.

107

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Cash Cost of Acquisitions
The cash cost of acquisitions comprises:

Acquisition of Progressive Content Limited:

        Cash consideration

        Cash acquired as part of opening balance sheet

Deferred consideration payment CHM Research Limited

Deferred consideration payment Competenet

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

31 December 2020
£m

-

(0.1)

0.7

0.4

1.0

Mike Danson, GlobalData Plc’s Chief Executive, owns 64.9% of the Company’s ordinary shares as at 13 March 2021. Mike Danson owns a 
number of businesses that interact with GlobalData Plc. The principal transactions, which are all conducted at an arm’s length basis, are as 
follows:

Accommodation
GlobalData Plc rents three buildings from Estel Property Investments Limited, a company wholly owned by Mike Danson. The total rental 
expense, including service and management fees, in relation to the buildings owned by Estel Property Investments for the year ended 31 
December 2020 was £2.9m (2019: £2.7m). In addition, GlobalData Plc sub-leases office space to other companies owned by Mike Danson. 
The total sub-lease income for the year ended 31 December 2020 was £1.3m (2019: £1.3m). This is presented as other income on the face 
of the Consolidated Income Statement.

Corporate support services
Corporate support services are provided to and from other companies owned by Mike Danson, principally finance (payroll services), human 
resources, IT and facilities management. These are recharged to companies that consume these services based on specific drivers of costs, 
such as proportional occupancy of buildings for facilities management and headcount for human resources, finance and IT services. The 
net recharge made from GlobalData Plc to these companies for the year ended 31 December 2020 was £0.4m (2019: £0.6m).

Loan to Progressive Trade Media Limited
As  part  of the  2016  disposal  of  non-core  B2B  print  businesses, the  Group  made  a  loan to  Progressive Trade  Media  Limited to fund the 
purchase  consideration.  This  loan  is  for  £4.5m  and  repayable  in  5  instalments,  with  the  next  instalment  due  in  January  2022  (fourth 
instalment  received  in  January  2021).  Interest  of  2.25%  above  LIBOR  is  charged  on  the  loan,  with  £0.1m  charged  in  the  year  ended 
31 December 2020 (2019: £0.1m).

Revenue contract containing IP sharing clause
In June 2020, the Group entered into a 5-year service contract with NS Media Group Limited, an entity related by virtue of common control. 
The agreed suite of data services provided to NS Media Group Limited has been contracted on terms equivalent to those that prevail in 
arm’s  length transactions. A  key  clause within the  contract  enables the  Group to  retain  ownership  of  all  IP  internally  generated  during 
the contracted period. Similarly, NS Media Group Limited also is entitled to retain and perpetually use the IP generated. In the year ended 
31 December 2020, the total revenue generated from this contract was £0.8m, and the net contribution generated was £0.5m. Each year's 
fixed fees are invoiced annually in advance, except for any variable components, which are invoiced quarterly in advance. In addition to 
the IP and content, there are other shared costs, such as software development and webinar production with NS Media Group, for which 
GlobalData received a charge of £0.4m.

As at 31 December 2020, the total balance receivable from NS Media Group Limited was £nil. There is no specific credit loss provision in 
place in relation to this receivable and the total expense recognised during the period in respect of bad or doubtful debts was £nil.

Directors and Key Management Personnel
The remuneration of Directors is discussed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 48. 

Amounts outstanding
The Group has taken advantage of the exemptions contained within IAS 24 - Related Party Disclosures from the requirement to disclose 
transactions  between  Group  companies,  as  these  have  been  eliminated  on  consolidation.  The  amounts  outstanding  for  other  related 
parties were:

No trading balances were outstanding at the year end (2019: nil).

108

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Non-Trading Balances
Amounts due in greater than one year:

Progressive Trade Media Limited

Amounts due within one year:

Progressive Trade Media Limited

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

0.9

0.9

£m

1.9

1.9

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

0.9

0.9

£m

0.9

0.9

The parent company’s balances with related parties are disclosed on page 129 of the annual report. 

Acquisition
On  7  May  2020, the  Group  acquired  100%  of the  share  capital  of  Progressive  Content  Limited for  cash  consideration  of  £1.  Because  of 
the common ownership of Mike Danson, this acquisition is a related party transaction under IAS 24. The transaction was overseen by an 
independent committee of the Board. Further details are given in note 27.

Other
As  explained  in the financial  review  and  note  23, following the year  end the  Directors  became  aware that  distributions  made from  May 
2018  through  to  January  2021  to  the  Employee  Benefit  Trust  and  shareholders  (the  'Relevant  Contributions')  did  not  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  section  838  of  the  Companies  Act,  due  to  interim  accounts  not  having  been  filed  with  Companies  House  prior  to  the 
Relevant Contribution being made.

In order to correct the position, the Company will file interim accounts with Companies House in advance of the Annual General Meeting 
to  demonstrate  it  has  sufficient  reserves.  At  the  Company’s  Annual  General  Meeting,  on  20  April  2021,  the  Company  shall  propose  a 
resolution to remove any right the Company may have to claim from Directors and Shareholders in respect of the relevant contributions 
and distributions. The payments deemed to be unlawful during this period were £7.1m in 2018, £18.3m in 2019, £34.8m in 2020 and £0.3m 
in  January  2021.  Upstream  dividends  will  be  paid  in  advance  of  the  interim  accounts  to  create  additional  distributable  reserves  in  the 
Company and the resolutions, if passed, will regularise the matter.

29. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS

Retirement Benefit Scheme
As  a  result  of the  Research Views  Limited  acquisition  in  March  2018, the  Group  has  a  final  salary  defined  benefit  pension  scheme, the 
Progressive Media Markets Limited Pension Scheme. As detailed in note 26, on 16 December 2019, the Group entered into an irrevocable 
agreement to sell the pension scheme to Just Retirement Limited (“Just”). The buy-in involved the purchase of a qualifying insurance policy 
(pre-2019 year end) at a cost to GlobalData Plc of £1.3m. Final buy-out took place on 22 February 2021. 

Finance Bill 2021
The UK Chancellor announced a number of tax policy measures, as part of the 2021 Budget, which will be included in Finance Bill 2021.  In 
particular, the UK corporation tax rate will remain at 19% until 31 March 2023 and then increase to 25% from 1 April 2023 onwards.   As the 
Bill was not substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, the Group has continued to measure all UK deferred tax at 19%.  The impact 
of the increase in the UK corporation tax rate will be considered further in the reporting period during which the Bill is passed by the House 
of Commons.

109

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
Subsidiary undertakings
The Group has a large number of subsidiaries due to the M&A activities in recent years. The Group is continuing to go through a corporate 
simplification process to reduce the number of its subsidiaries, focusing operations through its main subsidiaries in its main territories. 

All subsidiary undertakings listed below are 100% wholly owned.

Subsidiary undertaking

Principal activity

Country of registration

Registered Address

GlobalData Australia Pty Limited

Data and analytics

Australia

GlobalData Brasil, serviços e  
informações empresariais Ltda.*

Data and analytics

Brazil

Suite 1608, Exchange Tower, 
Business Centre, 530 Little 
Collins Street, Melbourne, 
3000, Victoria, Australia

Rua Juranda, 199 – Vila 
Madalena, Sao Paulo – SP, 
05434-000, Brazil

Adfinitum Networks Inc*
GlobalData Canada Inc*

Data and analytics
Data and analytics

Canada
Canada

530 Richmond St West,  
Suite 300, Toronto,  
Ontario, M5V 1Y4, Canada

GlobalData Trading (Shanghai) Co Limited*

Data and analytics

China

Room 368, Area 302, No.211, 
North Fute Road, Pilot Free 
Trade Zone, Shanghai, China

AROQ Limited*
Attentio Research Limited*
Canadean Limited
CHM Research Limited*
Current Intelligence and Analysis Limited*
Financial News Publishing Limited*
GlobalData Holding Limited
GlobalData UK Limited*
GlobalData Trustees EBT Limited
Internet Business Group Limited
JBAD Limited*
Kable Business Intelligence Limited 
Progressive Content Limited*
Progressive Digital Media (Holdings) Limited 
Progressive Digital Media Limited
Progressive Media Group Limited*
Progressive Media UK Limited*
Progressive Media Ventures Limited*
Progressive Ventures Limited*
Research Views Limited*
Sociable Data Limited*
Sportcal Global Communications Limited*
Verdict Media Limited*
World Market Intelligence Limited*

Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Non-trading
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Holding company
Data and analytics
Non-trading
Performance advertising
Non-trading
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Holding company
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Non-trading
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Data and analytics

England & Wales

John Carpenter House,  
John Carpenter Street, 
London, EC4Y 0AN,  
United Kingdom

Current Analysis SAS*

Data and analytics

France

133 bis Rue de l’Universite, 
75007, Paris, France

110

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsSubsidiary undertaking

Principal activity

Country of registration

Registered Address

Attentio Research Centre Private Limited*
Digital Insights and Research Private Limited*
GD Research Centre Private Limited*
Progressive Digital Media Pvt Ltd

Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Data and analytics

India
India
India 
India 

3rd - 6th Floors,  
Jyothi Pinnacle Building, 
 SY No.11, Kondapur Village,
Serilingampally Mandal,  
Ranga Reddy Dist,  
Hyderabad,  
Telangana-500081, India

GlobalData Japan KK*

Data and analytics

Japan

GD Jersey Holdings Limited*

Holding company

Jersey

Canadean Mexico Y Centro America, F. De R.L. De 
C.V*

Data and analytics

Mexico

Level 3, Sanno Park Tower, 
2-11-1 Nagata-cho,  
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo,  
100-6162, Japan

44 Esplanade, St Helier, 
JE4 9WG, Jersey

Mote Pelvoux, 111-2 Piso  
Lomas de Chapultepec,  
Mexico D.F, 11000, Mexico

GlobalData Pte Limited*
GlobalData Singapore Pte Limited*

Data and analytics
Data and analytics

Singapore
Singapore

50, Raffles Place Unit 38-
04A, Singapore Land Tower, 
Singapore 048623

Progressive Media Korea Limited*

Data and analytics

South Korea

MEED Media FZ LLC*

Data and analytics

United Arab Emirates

24th floor, City Air Tower, 
Teheranro 87gil
36, Samsung Dong, Gangnam 
Gu, Seoul,
Republic Of Korea (Postcode 
06164)

Al Thuraya Tower 1, 20th floor, 
Offices 2002-2008, 
 PO Box 25960, Dubai Media 
City, Dubai, UAE

Attentio, LLC*
Current Analysis, LLC*
Global Data Publications, Inc
Progressive Digital Media Holdings, LLC*
Progressive Digital Media, LLC*
World Market Intelligence, LLC*

* indirectly held

Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Data and analytics
Holding company
Data and analytics
Data and analytics

United States of America

441 Lexington Avenue, 2nd 
Floor, New York, NY, 10017, 
United States of America

111

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsCompany Statement of Financial Position

Notes

31 December

31 December

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Investments

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Corporation tax receivable

Short-term derivative assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Short-term derivative liabilities

Short-term lease liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Long-term provisions

Long-term lease liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium account

Treasury reserve

Other reserve

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders

5

4

7

8

9

10

9

6

12

13

11

6

12

2020

£m

33.5

1.3

191.1

225.9

208.7

7.2

0.7

4.2

220.8

446.7

(133.9)

(0.1)

(2.1)

(5.0)

(141.1)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(29.6)

(70.8)

(100.8)

(241.9)

204.8

0.2

0.7

(21.4)

7.2

163.8

54.3

204.8

2019

Restated

£m

35.1

1.2

184.0

220.3

192.2

-

0.7

0.6

193.5

413.8

(102.2)

(0.1)

(1.8)

(6.0)

(110.1)

-

(0.2)

(32.0)

(60.5)

(92.7)

(202.8)

211.0

0.2

0.7

(11.0)

7.2

163.8

50.1

211.0

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

Bernard Cragg 
Chairman  

Mike Danson
Chief Executive

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 

Company profit for the year: £31.3m (2019 restated: £35.2m). The comparative period restatement relates to impairment of investments (note 7). 
Company number: 03925319

112

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

i

m
u
m
e
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
c
c
a

£m

0.2

-

-

-

0.5

-

0.7

-

-

-

-

-

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

£m

(19.2)

-

-

(3.5)

11.7

-

(11.0)

-

-

(23.7)

13.3

-

l

a
t
i
p
a
c
e
r
a
h
S

£m

0.2

-

-

-

-

-

0.2

-

-

-

-

-

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
r
e
h
t
O

£m

7.2

-

-

-

-

-

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
r
e
g
r
e
M

£m

163.8

-

-

-

-

-

7.2

163.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.2

0.7

(21.4)

7.2

163.8

Balance at 1 January 2019

Profit for the year (restated)

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Share buy back

Vesting of share options

Share based payments charge

Balance at 31 December 2019

Profit for the year

Transactions with owners:

Dividends

Share buy back

Vesting of share options

Share based payments charge

Balance at 31 December 2020

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
e
d
e
n
a
t
e
R

i

)
d
e
t
a
t
s
e
r
(

£m

30.8

35.2

(14.6)

-

(12.2)

10.9

50.1

31.3

(18.0)

-

(13.3)

4.2

54.3

y
t
i
u
q
e

l

a
t
o
T

£m

183.0

35.2

(14.6)

(3.5)

-

10.9

211.0

31.3

(18.0)

(23.7)

-

4.2

204.8

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 

The comparative period restatement relates to impairment of investments, full disclosure provided in note 7. 

The Company distributable retained deficit as at 31 December 2020 was £13.9m (2019: distributable retained earnings £6.8m) comprising 
of £54.3m retained earnings and £21.4m treasury reserves which net to £32.9m, of which non-distributable elements are £38.5m share 
based payment reserve and £8.3m of non-distributable profits. Intra-group dividends will be paid during March 2021 to ensure sufficient 
distributable reserves are available to pay the final dividend as disclosed in note 3 to the Company accounts.

113

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year

Adjustments for:

Year ended 31 
December 2020

Year ended 31 
December 2019

£m

31.3

Restated

£m

35.2

Dividends received from group undertakings

(28.0)

(36.8)

Depreciation

Amortisation

Impairment

Finance income

Taxation recognised in profit or loss

Movement in provision

Revaluation of derivatives

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from/ (used in) operations

Interest received

Dividends received from group undertakings

Taxation paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

Loan fees

Repayment of borrowings

Acquisition of own shares

Principal elements of lease payments

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements. 

3.4

0.7

0.4

(2.0)

0.3

-

-

(17.0)

21.0

10.1

5.0

28.0

(0.7)

42.4

(1.8)

(0.8)

(2.6)

15.0

(0.7)

(5.3)

(23.7)

(3.5)

(18.0)

(36.2)

3.6

0.6

4.2

3.3

0.6

3.5

(1.3)

-

(0.1)

(2.1)

(24.6)

12.0

(10.3)

1.9

36.8

-

28.4

(0.9)

(0.8)

(1.7)

6.4

-

(10.5)

(3.5)

(3.5)

(14.6)

(25.7)

1.0

(0.4)

0.6

Restatement
As detailed in note 1 to the Group accounts, the comparative period results have been restated to recognise principal elements of lease 
payments gross, not net, of sub-lease income.

Additionally, as explained in note 7, the comparative period has been restated due to an impairment of investments. 

The Directors have considered the requirements of IAS7: 33 and note that dividends received from group undertakings should be included in 
cash generated from operating or investing activities. The prior year cash flow has therefore been restated to recognise dividends received 
from group undertakings of £36.8m within cash generated from operating activities; previously this was recognised as a cash flow from 
financing activities.

The Directors have also reconsidered the nature of the inter-company cash flows and determined that they represent operating cash flows 
and not investing cash flows as previously reported. The cash flow statement for the prior period has therefore been restated to reduce 
cash generated from operations by £13.8m comprising an increase in trade and other receivables of £23.8m and increase in trade and other 
payables of £10.0m. Cash used in investing activities has decreased by £13.8m.

114

 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20201. GENERAL INFORMATION

Nature of operations
The principal activity of GlobalData Plc is as a holding company of subsidiary entities that are engaged in providing business information in 
the form of high-quality proprietary data, analytics, and insights to clients in multiple sectors.

GlobalData  Plc  ('the  Company’)  is  a  company  incorporated  in the  United  Kingdom  and  listed  on the Alternative  Investment  Market. The 
registered  office  of  the  Company  is  John  Carpenter  House,  John  Carpenter  Street,  London,  EC4Y  0AN.  The  registered  number  of  the 
Company is 03925319.

Going concern
The Company meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through free cash flow. Based on cash-flow projections, the Company 
considers the existing financing facilities to be adequate to meet short-term commitments. 

The  existing  finance  facilities  were  issued  with  debt  covenants,  which  are  measured  on  a  quarterly  basis.  Management  have  reviewed 
forecast cash flows and there is no indication that there will be any breach in the next 12 months.

The  Directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  there  are  no  material  uncertainties  that  cast  significant  doubt  about  the  Company’s 
ability to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from 
the date of approval of the financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has prepared the annual report and financial statements on a 
going concern basis.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The  Company  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  regarding  the  future.  Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  based  on 
historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
In the future, actual experience may deviate from these estimates and assumptions. Management have assessed that there are no critical 
judgements in relation to this Company. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year relate to carrying value of investments.

Carrying value of investments 
The  carrying  value  of  investments  are  assessed  at  least  annually  to  ensure  that  there  is  no  need  for  impairment.  Management  have 
performed an impairment review which entails making judgements including the expected rate of growth of sales, margins expected to be 
achieved and the appropriate discount rate to apply when valuing future cash flows. The cash flow projections for each statutory entity are 
based on each statutory entity’s 2020 profit before tax (with the exception of the investment held in Progressive Digital Media (Holdings) 
Limited, discussed below), with growth factors applied to cover the period 2021 - 2025. The discount rate of 8.6% is derived by calculating 
weighted average costs of equity and debt. The rate reflects appropriate adjustments relating to market risk and risk factors of each entity. 
A terminal value calculation has been determined post 2025 using a growth rate of 2% in accordance with the OECD long-term forecast. 

The  impairment  review  which  has  been  performed  in  relation  to  an  investment  of  £51.3m  held  in  Progressive  Digital  Media  (Holdings) 
Limited is based upon 2021 budget, due to the events revenue within the underlying trading entity being particularly adversely affected by 
the COVID-19 pandemic. The calculated headroom of £50.5m is based upon anticipated sales growth between 2022-2025 at a rate of 5.7% 
each year, this aligns to the sales growth assumption applied within the Group intangible assets impairment review and represents a return 
to physical event offerings and growth in our online media solutions business. The calculation is most sensitive to a change in the sales 
growth rate; however, it would require a sales growth rate of below 0.5% before an impairment would arise. Management are comfortable 
that the assumptions applied within the impairment review are appropriate. 

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a) Basis of preparation
The parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB. 

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no separate statement of comprehensive income is presented in respect of the 
parent Company. The profit attributable to the Company is disclosed in the footnote to the Company’s balance sheet.

b) Change to accounting policies
This report has been prepared based on the accounting policies detailed in the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 
2020.

115

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
 
c) Property, plant and equipment
Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  historic  cost,  including  expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the  acquired  item,  less 
accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the deemed useful life of an asset and is applied to the cost less any residual value. 
The asset classes are depreciated over the following periods:

•  computer and equipment – over 3 to 5 years; and
leasehold improvements – over 3 to 10 years.
• 

The useful life, the residual value and the depreciation method is assessed annually. 

Where there is an indication of impairment, the carrying value of the property, plant and equipment is compared to the higher of value in 
use and the fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying value exceeds the higher of value in use and fair value less the costs to sell, then the 
asset is impaired and an impairment loss recognised in profit or loss.

d) Intangible assets
Computer software 
Non-integral computer software purchases are capitalised at cost as intangible assets. The Company also capitalises development costs 
associated with new products in accordance with the development criteria prescribed within IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”. These costs are 
amortised over their estimated useful lives of 3 years. Costs associated with implementing or maintaining computer software programmes 
are recognised as an expense.

e) Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment.

f) Taxation
Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax.  

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using rates substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any 
adjustments to the tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred taxation  is  provided  in full  on temporary  differences  between the  carrying  amount  of the  assets  and  liabilities  in the financial 
statements and the tax base. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which the temporary difference can be utilised. Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates that have been enacted, or 
substantially enacted by the reporting date, and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liability is settled or the deferred tax asset is 
realised.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Tax is recognised in the income statement, except where it relates to items recognised as other comprehensive income, in which case it is 
recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income.

Tax relating to items recognised in equity is recognised directly in equity.

g) Foreign currencies
The results are presented in Pounds Sterling (£), which is the functional currency of the Company.

Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  Sterling  at  the  rates  of  exchange  ruling  at  the  date  of  the  transaction,  and  if  still  in 
existence at the year end the balance is retranslated at the rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Differences arising from changes 
in exchange rates during the year are taken to the income statement.

h) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the statement of financial position when the Company has a legal obligation or constructive obligation as a 
result of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle that obligation, and a reliable estimate 
of the amount can be made. Provisions are discounted if the time value of money is material. 

i) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call, together with other short-term highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash, which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

116

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statementsj) Dividends
Dividends on the Company’s ordinary shares are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements, and as a deduction from 
equity in the period in which the dividends are declared. Where such dividends are proposed subject to the approval of the Company’s 
shareholders, the dividends are only declared once shareholder approval has been obtained.

k) Financial instruments 
The Company has derivative and non-derivative financial instruments that comprise foreign currency contracts, receivables, cash, loans 
and borrowings, and trade payables.

Financial  instruments  are  recognised  initially  at  fair  value  plus,  for  instruments  not  at  fair  value  through  profit  and  loss,  any  directly 
attributable transaction costs. 

A financial instrument is recognised if the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are 
derecognised if the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial assets expire or if the Company transfers the financial asset 
to  another  party without  retaining  control  of  substantially  all  risks  and  rewards  of the  asset.  Financial  liabilities  are  derecognised  if the 
Company’s obligations specified in the contract expire or are discharged or cancelled. 

Cash comprises cash balances and highly liquid call deposits. Bank overdrafts that form an integral part of the Company’s cash management 
are included as a component of cash for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Derivatives are 
measured at fair values and any movement in fair value is recognised in the income statement.

Receivables
Financial assets are assessed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date. Financial assets are impaired where there is objective 
evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash 
flows of the investment have been negatively impacted.

A specific provision will be raised for trade receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter 
bankruptcy  or  financial  reorganisation,  and  default  or  delinquency  in  payments  are  considered  indicators  that  the  trade  receivable  is 
impaired.

In determining the provision, the Group also applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECL) which uses 
a lifetime expected loss allowance for all trade receivables. The ECL on these financial assets are estimated based on the Group’s historical 
credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the trade receivables, general economic conditions and an assessment of 
both the current, as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an effective interest rate.

When  a  trade  receivable  is  considered  uncollectible,  it  is  written  off  against  the  provision  account.  Subsequent  recoveries  of  amounts 
previously written off are credited against the provision account. Changes in the carrying amount of the provision are recognised in the 
income statement.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest 
method.

l) Borrowings and borrowing costs 
Borrowings  are  recognised  initially  at  fair value,  net  of  transaction  costs  incurred,  and  subsequently  at  amortised  cost. Any  difference 
between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the 
borrowings using the effective interest method. 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
12 months from the reporting date. 

Borrowing costs, being interest and other costs incurred in connection with the servicing of borrowings, are recognised as an expense 
when incurred.

117

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statementsm) Share based payments
The Group operates two share based compensation plans under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for 
equity instruments (options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options and 
awards is recognised as an expense in the Group income statement. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair 
value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market service and performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period). Non-market vesting conditions are included in 
assumptions about the number of options and awards that are expected to vest. The total amount expensed is recognised over the vesting 
period, which is the period over which all of the specified existing conditions are to be satisfied. At each reporting date, the entity revises 
its estimates of the number of options and awards that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the 
impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the Group income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

The  Company  does  not  directly  employ those  participating  in the  share  based  payments  scheme  as they  are  employed  by  other  Group 
companies. The issue of share incentives by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries represents additional capital contributions. An 
addition to the Company’s investment in Group undertakings is reported with a corresponding increase in shareholders’ funds.

n) Leases
The Company leases a number of offices in the United Kingdom, plus a small number of motor vehicles. Rental contracts are typically made 
for fixed periods but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different 
terms and conditions. The lease arrangements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing 
purposes. 

For any new contracts entered into, the Company considers whether a contract is or contains a lease. A lease is defined as ‘a contract, or 
part of a contract, that conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration’. To apply 
this definition, the Company assesses whether the contract meets the following criteria:

• 

the contract contains an identified asset, which is either explicitly identified in the contract or implicitly specified by being identified at  
the time the asset is made available to the Company;
the Company has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset throughout the period of  

• 
  use, considering its rights within the defined scope of the contract;
• 

the Company has the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. 

At the lease commencement date, the Company recognises the lease as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability on the statement 
of financial position. The right-of-use assets have been included in property, plant and equipment. 

The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs incurred 
by the Company, an estimate of any costs to dismantle and remove the asset at the end of the lease and any lease payments made in 
advance of the lease commencement date (net of any incentives received).  

The Company depreciates the right-of-use assets on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of 
the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The Company also assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment 
when such indicators exist. 

At the commencement date, the Company measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments unpaid at that date, 
discounted  using the  interest  rate  implicit  in the  lease  if that  rate  is  readily  available,  or the  lease-specific  incremental  borrowing  rate. 
Subsequent  to  initial  measurement,  the  liability  will  be  reduced  for  payments  made  and  increased  for  interest.  Each  lease  payment  is 
allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce 
a  constant  periodic  rate  of  interest  on  the  remaining  balance  of  the  liability  for  each  period. The  liability  is  re-measured  to  reflect  any 
reassessment or modification or if there are changes in in-substance fixed payments. When the liability is re-measured, the corresponding 
adjustment is reflected in the right-of-use asset, or the income statement if the right-of-use asset is already reduced to zero. 

Termination  options  are  included  in  a  number  of  property  leases  across the  Company. These  options  are  used to  maximise  operational 
flexibility in terms of managing contracts. In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an 
economic incentive to exercise a termination option. Periods after termination options are only included in the lease term if the termination 
option is reasonably certain not to be exercised.    

The  Company  has  elected  to  account  for  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  using  the  practical  expedients.  Payments 
associated with  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are  recognised  on  a  straight-line  basis  as  an  expense  in the  income 
statement. Short-term leases are leases with a term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT and copying equipment with a 
value of less than £5,000. 

118

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
The Company sub-leases a number of properties in the UK, however all of the risks and rewards of ownership have not been transferred 
to the lessee and therefore the Company recognises the head lease asset as a right-of-use asset and recognises the rental income on the 
sub-lease operating lease contracts as other income. 

3. DIVIDENDS

The final dividend for 2019 was 10.0p per share and was paid in June 2020. The total dividend for the current year is 17.0p per share, with an 
interim dividend of 5.4p per share, paid on 2 October 2020 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 28 August 2020, and 
a final dividend of 11.6p per share will be paid on 23 April 2021 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 26 March 2021. The 
ex-dividend date will be on 25 March 2021.

Following  the  year  end,  the  Directors  became  aware  that  the  Company  had  made  unlawful  distributions  in  2018,  2019  and  2020  on 
account  of the fact that  it  had  incorrectly  included  reserves  arising from  share  based  payments,  relating to  employees  of  subsidiaries, 
as distributable and had not filed interim accounts in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006 to demonstrate sufficient 
reserves were available for distribution. Therefore, during the period from May 2018 through to January 2021, contributions made to the 
Employee Benefit Trust, in order to buy back shares to satisfy the employee share options plan, and distributions by way of dividends were 
unlawful distributions in accordance with section 838 of the Companies Act 2006.  

In order to correct the position, the Company will file interim accounts with Companies House in advance of the Annual General Meeting to 
demonstrate it has sufficient reserves. At the Company’s Annual General Meeting, on 20 April 2021, the Company shall propose a resolution to 
remove any right the Company may have to claim from Directors and Shareholders in respect of the relevant contributions and distributions. 
The payments deemed to be unlawful during this period were £7.1m in 2018, £18.3m in 2019, £34.8m in 2020 and £0.3m in January 2021. 
Upstream  dividends will  be  paid  in  advance  of the  interim  accounts to  create  additional  distributable  reserves  in the  Company  and the 
resolutions, if passed, will regularise the matter.

4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Cost

As at 1 January 2019

Additions

As at 31 December 2019

Additions

As at 31 December 2020

Amortisation

As at 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

As at 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

As at 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019

Computer software

£m

4.7

0.8

5.5

0.8

6.3

(3.7)

(0.6)

(4.3)

(0.7)

(5.0)

1.3

1.2

Brand

£m

0.1

-

0.1

-

0.1

(0.1)

-

(0.1)

-

(0.1)

-

-

Total

£m

4.8

0.8

5.6

0.8

6.4

(3.8)

(0.6)

(4.4)

(0.7)

(5.1)

1.3

1.2

119

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
 5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Buildings

Leasehold 
improvements

 Computer  
equipment

Cost

As at 1 January 2019

Adjustment on transition to IFRS 16

Additions

Disposals

As at 31 December 2019

Additions

As at 31 December 2020

Depreciation

As at 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

As at 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

As at 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019

£m

-

35.6

1.0

(0.1)

36.5

-

36.5

-

(2.9)

0.1

(2.8)

(2.7)

(5.5)

31.0

33.7

£m

0.3

-

0.4

-

0.7

0.6

1.3

(0.1)

-

-

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.2)

1.1

0.6

£m

3.7

-

0.5

-

4.2

1.2

5.4

(3.0)

(0.4)

-

(3.4)

(0.6)

(4.0)

1.4

0.8

Total

£m

4.0

35.6

1.9

(0.1)

41.4

1.8

43.2

(3.1)

(3.3)

0.1

(6.3)

(3.4)

(9.7)

33.5

35.1

Buildings additions relate to recognition of right-of-use assets during the year.

6. LEASES

The Company has leases for office buildings and motor vehicles. With the exception of short-term leases and leases of low-value underlying 
assets, each lease is reflected on the statement of financial position as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. The Company classifies its 
right-of-use assets in a consistent manner to its property, plant and equipment (see note 5). 

Lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

2.1

29.6

31.7

£m

1.8

32.0

33.8

120

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial StatementsThe table below describes the nature of the Company’s leasing activities by type of right-of-use asset recognised in the statement of 
financial position:

No. of right-of-use 
assets leased

Range of remaining 
term 

Average remaining 
lease term 

No. of leases with 
extension options

No. of leases with 
termination options

Office building

Motor vehicle

7

1

4-14 years

2-3 years

9 years

2-3 years

0

0

3

0

The lease liabilities are secured by the related underlying assets. Future minimum lease payments at 31 December 2020 were as follows:

As at 31 December 2020

Within 1 year 

 1 to 5 years 

After 5 years

Lease payments

Finance charges

Net present values

£m

3.5

(1.1)

2.4

£m

14.2

(3.6)

10.6

£m

21.8

(2.8)

19.0

As at 31 December 2019

Within 1 year 

 1 to 5 years 

After 5 years

Lease payments

Finance charges

Net present values

£m

3.0

(1.2)

1.8

£m

14.3

(4.0)

10.3

£m

25.3

(3.5)

21.8

Total

£m

39.5

(7.5)

32.0

Total

£m

42.6

(8.7)

33.9

At 31 December 2020, the Company had not committed to any leases that had not yet commenced, excluding those recognised as a 
lease liability. 

The Company sub-lets certain areas of its property portfolio.  As at 31 December 2020, the Company had contracts with sub-tenants for 
the following future minimum-lease rentals:

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Land and buildings

Within 1 year

Within 1 to 2 years

Within 2 to 3 years 

Within 3 to 4 years

Within 4 to 5 years

Over 5 years

£m

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

5.3

11.8

£m

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

6.6

13.1

121

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements7. INVESTMENTS

Cost

As at 1 January 2019

Share based payments to employees of subsidiaries – scheme 1

Share based payments to employees of subsidiaries – scheme 2

As at 31 December 2019

Share based payments to employees of subsidiaries – scheme 1

Share based payments to employees of subsidiaries – scheme 2

Acquisition of subsidiary

As at 31 December 2020

Impairment

As at 1 January 2019

Impairment (restated)

As at 31 December 2019 (restated) and 31 December 2020

Net book value

As at 31 December 2020

As at 31 December 2019 (restated)

Group undertakings

£m

185.5

10.8

0.1

196.4

2.8

1.4

2.9

203.5

(10.3)

(2.1)

(12.4)

191.1

184.0

Share based payments to employees of subsidiaries
The issue of share incentives by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries represents additional capital contributions. An addition to the 
Company’s investment in Group undertakings is reported with a corresponding increase in shareholders’ funds.

Acquisition of subsidiary
During December 2020, the Group restructured the ownership structure of its US entities. As a result of this, the Company has an increased 
investment in GlobalData Publications, Inc. 

Prior year impairment
Management have previously assessed the value of investments against the cash flows generated by their associated CGU. The approach 
has been amended for the year ended 31 December 2020 to comply with the requirements of IAS 36. The valuation of investments has now 
been reviewed on a statutory entity basis, which indicated that investments held in two subsidiaries were impaired in prior years. As detailed 
within the Company only primary statements, the comparative period results have therefore been amended to book an impairment charge 
of £2.1m within the income statement and to reduce the investments net book value by the same amount in order to reflect these historic 
impairments. 

Impairment review
Management have performed an impairment review that entails making judgements including the expected rate of growth of sales, margins 
expected to be achieved and the appropriate discount rate to apply when valuing future cash flows. The cash-flow projections for each 
statutory entity are based on each statutory entity’s 2020 profit before tax, with growth factors applied to cover the period 2021 - 2025. 
The discount rate is derived by calculating weighted average costs of equity and debt. The rate reflects appropriate adjustments relating 
to market risk and risk factors of each entity. A terminal value calculation has been determined post 2025 using a growth rate of 2% in 
accordance with the OECD long-term forecast. 

Impairment indicators
In addition to the review described above, management have performed an assessment to identify whether there are any indicators of 
impairment to the investment balances. As the Company’s net assets exceeded the Group net assets, there is an indication of possible 
impairment,  however  sufficient  evidence  has  been  obtained to  support that there  is  no  impairment  as the value-in-use forecasts  have 
sufficient headroom over the carrying amount of the investments. The assumptions applied within the value-in-use forecasts (revenue, 
cost and terminal value growth rates and discount rate) are in line with the assumptions disclosed within the intangible asset impairment 
review in note 13 of the Group accounts.

122

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements8. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Prepayments 

Other receivables

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Other taxation and social security

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

1.4

0.6

206.1

0.6

208.7

£m

1.9

1.0

188.6

0.7

192.2

The carrying values are considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value. The effect of discounting other receivables has been 
assessed and is deemed to be immaterial to the results. 

Following a review of collectability, the Company has impaired £0.4m in relation to balances owed by group undertakings (2019: £1.4m). 
Note 14 of the Company accounts gives further details of management’s assessment of expected credit loss on inter-company balances. 

9. DERIVATIVE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Short-term derivative assets

Short-term derivative liabilities

Net derivative asset

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

0.7

(0.1)

0.6

£m

0.7

(0.1)

0.6

Classification is based on when the derivatives mature. The fair values of derivatives are expected to impact the income statement over 
the next year, dependent on movements in the fair value of the foreign exchange contracts. The movement in the year was nil (2019: credit 
of £2.1m).

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Forward exchange 
contracts have been entered into, which has committed the below amount of currency to be paid in exchange for Pounds Sterling:

Expiring in the year ending:

31 December 2021

10. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals 

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Euro

€m

9.7

US Dollar

$m

29.1

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

0.9

-

3.4

129.6

133.9

£m

0.9

0.4

4.6

96.3

102.2

The Directors consider the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value. The effect of discounting trade and other 
payables has been assessed and is deemed to be immaterial to the Company’s results. Amounts owed to related parties are repayable on 
demand and non-interest bearing.

123

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
11. PROVISIONS

As at 1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020

Current:

Non-current:

12. BORROWINGS

Short-term lease liabilities

Short-term borrowings

Current liabilities 

Long-term lease liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Non-current liabilities

Dilapidations  
Right-of-use assets 

Dilapidations  
Other

£m

0.1

-

0.1

£m

0.1

-

0.1

Total

£m

0.2

-

0.2

31 December 2020 

31 December 2019 

£m

2.1

5.0

7.1

29.6

70.8

100.4

The changes in the Company’s borrowings can be classified as follows:

Short-term 
borrowings

Long-term 
borrowings

Short-term lease 
liabilities1

Long-term lease 
liabilities1

As at 1 January 2019

Cash flows:

- Repayment

- Proceeds

Non-cash:

- Loan fee amortisation

- Lease additions

- Lease liabilities2

- Reclassification

As at 31 December 2019

Cash flows:

- Repayment

- Proceeds

- Loan fees paid

Non-cash:

- 

- 

- 

- 

Loan fee amortisation until 
modification date
Fair value adjustments since 
modification
Lease liabilities2

Reclassification

As at 31 December 2020

£m

6.0

(6.0)

-

-

-

-

6.0

6.0

(5.3)

-

-

-

-

-

4.3

5.0

£m

64.3

(4.5)

6.4

0.3

-

-

(6.0)

60.5

-

15.0

(0.7)

0.1

0.2

-

(4.3)

70.8

£m

2.0

(3.4)

-

-

-

1.2

2.0

1.8

(3.5)

-

-

-

-

1.4

2.4

2.1

£m

33.1

-

-

-

1.0

(0.1)

(2.0)

32.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

(2.4)

29.6

1 Amounts are net of rental prepayments and accruals 
2 Represents lease interest, dilapidations and movement on lease liability accruals and prepayments

124

£m

1.8

6.0

7.8

32.0

60.5

92.5

Total

£m

105.4

(13.9)

6.4

0.3

1.0

1.1

-

100.3

(8.8)

15.0

(0.7)

0.1

0.2

1.4

-

107.5

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial StatementsTerm loan and RCF
All external financing agreements are entered into by the Company, on behalf of the Group. In May 2020, the Group announced that it had 
agreed to  increase  its  current  banking facilities with  NatWest  Group,  HSBC  and  Bank  of  Ireland,  extending the  current  maturity to April 
2023 (previously April 2022). The new arrangements increase the total committed facility to £145.5m (previously £100m), plus a further 
uncommitted  accordion facility  of  £75m. The  committed facility  comprises  a term  loan  of  £50m  and  a  revolving  credit facility  (RCF)  of 
£95.5m.

The term loan is repayable in quarterly instalments, with total repayments due in the next 12 months of £5.0m. The outstanding term loan 
balance as at 31 December 2020 is £46.3m, with a fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 of £45.6. As at 31 December 2020, the Group had 
drawn down £30.5m of the RCF, with a fair value in accordance with IFRS 9 of £30.2m. Interest is charged on the term loan and drawn down 
RCF at a rate of 2.5% over the London Interbank Offered Rate.

In accordance with IFRS 9, we have performed a comparison of the fair value of the new debt with the old, to determine whether there has 
been a substantial modification requiring derecognition. The assessment concluded that there has not been a substantial modification; the 
difference between the fair value of the new debt with the old was £0.0m.

13. DEFERRED INCOME TAX

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Balance brought forward

Tax expense during the period recognised in profit or loss

Balance carried forward

The provision for deferred taxation consists of the tax effect of temporary differences in respect of:

Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes

Other temporary differences

Balance carried forward

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liability

Net position

£m

-

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.2

£m

-

-

-

-

-

-

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

£m

-

(0.2)

(0.2)

£m

-

-

-

125

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements14. FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The Company’s financial instruments are classified under IFRS, all at amortised cost, as follows: 

Current assets

Cash

Other receivables 

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Short-term borrowings

Non-current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

31 December 2020
£m

31 December 2019
£m

4.2

0.6

206.1

210.9

(0.9)

-

(3.4)

(129.6)

(5.0)

(138.9)

(70.8)

(70.8)

0.6

1.0

188.6

190.2

(0.9)

(0.4)

(4.6)

(96.3)

(6.0)

(108.2)

(60.5)

(60.5)

The Company’s financial instruments are classified under IFRS, at fair value, as follows: 

31 December 2020
£m

31 December 2019
£m

0.7

0.7

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.7

0.7

(0.1)

(0.1)

Current assets

Short-term derivative assets

Current liabilities

Short-term derivative liabilities

126

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
Maturity analysis

31 December 2020

Current assets

Cash

Other receivables 

Short-term derivative assets

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Current liabilities

Short-term derivative liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals

Short-term borrowings

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Non-current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

31 December 2019

Current assets

Cash

Other receivables 

Short-term derivative assets

Amounts owed by group undertakings

Current liabilities

Short-term derivative liabilities

Trade payables

Other payables

Accruals

Short-term borrowings

Amounts owed to group undertakings

Non-current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Less than 
one month
£m

One to three 
months
£m

Three months
to one year
£m

One to five 
years
£m

4.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.6

0.4

-

(0.1)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(1.8)

-

-

-

-

0.3

-

-

-

-

(5.2)

-

-

4.2

(5.2)

(4.9)

0.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1.0

0.2

-

(0.1)

(0.9)

-

(4.6)

(2.0)

-

-

-

-

0.5

-

-

-

(0.4)

-

(6.0)

-

-

0.6

(6.4)

(5.9)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total

£m

4.2

0.6

0.7

Total

£m

0.6

1.0

0.7

206.1

206.1

-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.9)

(3.4)

(7.0)

(129.6)

(129.6)

(73.2)

3.3

(73.2)

(2.6)

188.6

188.6

-

-

-

-

-

(0.1)

(0.9)

(0.4)

(4.6)

(8.0)

(96.3)

(96.3)

(63.1)

29.2

(63.1)

17.5

Less than 
one month
£m

One to three 
months
£m

Three months
to one year
£m

One to five 
years
£m

The long-term borrowings' contractual features are detailed in note 20 of the Group accounts and it is not expected that those loans will 
be repaid within a year or until replaced with equivalent debt or equity financing. The debt shown in the table above is inclusive of the 
projected interest payments in accordance with IFRS 7 (interest on short and long-term borrowings £4.4m (2019: £4.6m)).

127

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
 
Reclassifications
There have been no reclassifications between financial instrument categories during the year ended 31 December 2020 and year ended 31 
December 2019.

Please refer to note 21 of the Group accounts on financial assets and liabilities for the Group’s exposure to risk.

Credit risk
In the normal course of its business, the Company incurs credit risk from cash and other receivables. The Group has a credit policy that is 
used to manage this exposure to credit risk, including credit checking prior to contracts being signed. 

£210.9m  of  the  Company’s  assets  are  subject  to  credit  risk  (31  December  2020:  £190.2m).  The  Company  does  not  hold  any  collateral 
over these amounts. Note 8 of the Company accounts gives further details of the Company’s receivables, of which £206.1m are amounts 
receivable  from  Group  undertakings.  Amounts  receivable  by  group  undertakings  are  repayable  on  demand  and  non-interest  bearing, 
with the exception of £105.8m owed by GlobalData UK Limited and £7.8m owed by Progressive Media Ventures Limited provided to fund 
acquisitions; these balances are interest bearing at a rate of 5%. 

In accordance with IFRS 9, management have made an assessment of the intercompany positions as at 31 December 2020 by reviewing 
the liquid assets position of the counterparties as at the same date. Management have concluded that, of the £206.1m receivable balance, 
£86.5m  is  supported  with  sufficient  liquid  assets  in  the  associated  entities,  supporting  the  conclusion  that  the  liability  can  be  repaid. 
Management have thus determined that any expected credit losses would therefore be immaterial against these balances. 

For the  remaining  balance  of  £119.6m, the  borrowing  entities  do  not  have  sufficient  highly  liquid  assets to  repay the  amounts  owed,  if 
demanded  at  the  reporting  date.  Management  have  therefore  considered  alternative  recovery  strategies,  including  both  a  ‘repay  over 
time’  strategy  and  an  immediate  ‘fire  sale’  of  the  counterparty’s  assets.  In  all  instances,  management  determined  that  the  expected 
trading cash flows from repaying over time, and the liquid assets expected to be generated from a fire sale of assets, would be sufficient 
to cover the outstanding intercompany balances. Management have assessed what scenarios would lead to a credit loss and consider the 
likelihood of this to be remote, as the value expected to be achieved on a fire sale or through repayments over time far exceed the amounts 
outstanding. Consequently, the expected credit loss is determined to be immaterial. Any expected credit losses would be limited to the 
effect of discounting the amounts due; as the effective interest rate is nil, management have concluded that any expected credit losses 
would be immaterial.  

The Company is owed £105.8m by GlobalData UK Limited, which bears interest at 5%. Management have considered a potential fire sale 
scenario and determined that, under this situation, cash would be realised within one to six months to settle the amounts due. Management 
have also reviewed a ‘repay over time’ strategy and, given the time period to realise cash is short under both scenarios, management have 
assessed that the effect of discounting would be immaterial and determined that any expected credit losses would also be immaterial. 

15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Directors
The remuneration of the Directors of the Group and Company is set out on page 48 in the consolidated accounts of the Group within the 
Directors' Remuneration Report.

Accommodation
GlobalData Plc rents three buildings from Estel Property Investments Limited, a company wholly owned by Mike Danson. The total rental 
expense, including service and management fees, in relation to the buildings owned by Estel Property Investments for the year ended 31 
December 2020 was £2.9m (2019: £2.7m). In addition, GlobalData Plc sub-leases office space to other companies owned by Mike Danson. 
The total sub-lease income for the year ended 31 December 2020 was £1.3m (2019: £1.3m).

Corporate support services
Corporate support services are provided to and from other companies owned by Mike Danson, principally finance (payroll services), human 
resources, IT and facilities management. These are recharged to companies that consume these services based on specific drivers of costs, 
such as proportional occupancy of buildings for facilities management and headcount for human resources, finance and IT services. The net 
recharge made from GlobalData Plc to these companies for the year ended 31 December 2020 was £0.4m (2019: £0.6m).

128

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial StatementsAmounts outstanding to and from group undertakings
The amounts outstanding from group undertakings were:

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

Amounts owed by group undertakings:

GlobalData UK Limited

Progressive Digital Media Limited

Progressive Digital Media (Holdings) Limited 

Current Intelligence & Analysis Limited

GlobalData Pte Limited

GlobalData Holding Limited

GlobalData Australia Pty Limited

Canadean Limited

GlobalData Brasil, serviços e informações empresariais Ltda.

Canadean Mexico Y Centro America, F. De R.L. De C.V

Progressive Content Limited

Progressive Media Ventures Limited

GlobalData Singapore Pte Limited 

AROQ Limited

World Market Intelligence Limited

Research Views Limited

Amounts owed to group undertakings:

Internet Business Group Limited

Attentio Research Limited

Progressive Media Group Limited

Globaldata Canada Inc

Global Data Publications, Inc

Progressive Digital Media, LLC

Progressive Digital Media Pvt Limited

Current Analysis, LLC

GlobalData Japan KK

Financial News Publishing Limited

MEED Media FZ LLC

Sociable Data Limited

Sportcal Global Communications Limited

£m

108.2

14.2

23.6

2.2

0.9

36.0

1.3

1.0

0.3

0.4

1.4

9.9

2.0

0.3

3.9

0.5

£m

112.3

17.4

24.4

2.2

1.0

11.3

1.3

-

0.3

0.4

-

10.0

2.0

1.7

3.8

0.5

206.1

188.6

(6.7)

(4.0)

(97.5)

(0.2)

(9.0)

(0.6)

(1.6)

(3.2)

(0.1)

(3.9)

(0.5)

(0.9)

(1.4)

(129.6)

(5.1)

(0.8)

(75.2)

(0.2)

(4.6)

(0.6)

(1.8)

(2.7)

(0.2)

(3.3)

(0.9)

(0.6)

(0.3)

(96.3)

None of the transactions with group undertakings incorporate special terms and conditions and no guarantees were given or received. 
Outstanding balances are usually settled in cash. 

129

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Notes to the Company Financial StatementsAdvisers

Company Secretary 
Charles Strickland

Head Office and Registered Office
John Carpenter House
John Carpenter Street
London
EC4Y 0AN
Tel: + 44 (0) 20 7936 6400

Corporate Broker 
Panmure Gordon
One New Change
London
EC4M 9AF

Corporate Broker 
HSBC
8 Canada Square
London
E14 5HQ

Nominated Adviser and Corporate Broker
J.P. Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London
E14 5JP

Solicitors 
ReedSmith
20 Primrose Street 
London 
EC2A 2RS

Auditor 
Deloitte LLP
Hill House
1 Little New Street
London
EC4A 3BZ

Registrars
Link Group
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

Bankers
NatWest Group
280 Bishopsgate 
London
EC2M 4RB

Registered number
Company No. 03925319

130

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020131

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020Head Office and Registered Office
John Carpenter House
John Carpenter Street
London
EC4Y 0AN
Tel: + 44 (0) 20 7936 6400